<?xml version="1.0" ?><!DOCTYPE TS><TS language="zh_CN" version="2.1">
<context>
    <name>ACLEditor</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ACLEditor.cpp" line="+101"/>
        <source>Deny</source>
        <translation>拒绝</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Allow</source>
        <translation>允许</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+21"/>
        <source>Allow %1</source>
        <translation>允许 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-8"/>
        <source>Deny %1</source>
        <translation>拒绝 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-84"/>
        <source>Mumble - Add channel</source>
        <translation>Mumble—添加频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+11"/>
        <location line="+50"/>
        <source>Default server value</source>
        <translation>服务器默认设置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-28"/>
        <location line="+176"/>
        <source>Failed: Invalid channel</source>
        <translation>失败：无效的频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-164"/>
        <source>Mumble - Edit %1</source>
        <translation>Mumble—编辑 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>ID: %1</source>
        <translation>ID：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+46"/>
        <source>This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.&lt;br /&gt;%2</source>
        <translation>授予%1权限。如果一项权限既被设为允许又被设为禁止，那么它将被禁止。&lt;br /&gt;%2</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+123"/>
        <source>Channel must have a name</source>
        <translation>必须给频道命名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-131"/>
        <source>This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.&lt;br /&gt;%2</source>
        <translation>撤销%1权限。如果一项权限既被设为允许又被设为禁止，那么它将被禁止。&lt;br /&gt;%2</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ACLEditor.ui"/>
        <source>Dialog</source>
        <translation>对话框</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Name</source>
        <translation>名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enter the channel name here.</source>
        <translation>在这里输入频道名。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Description</source>
        <translation>描述</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Password</source>
        <translation>密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enter the channel password here.</source>
        <translation>在这里输入频道密码。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Check to create a temporary channel.</source>
        <translation>勾选此项以创建一个临时频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Temporary</source>
        <translation>临时频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Position&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
This value enables you to change the way Mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher &lt;i&gt;Position&lt;/i&gt; value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the &lt;i&gt;Position&lt;/i&gt; value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name.</source>
        <oldsource>&lt;b&gt;Position&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher &lt;i&gt;Position&lt;/i&gt; value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the &lt;i&gt;Position&lt;/i&gt; value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name.</oldsource>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;位置&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
这个值允许你在频道树形列表中改变频道的位置。一个拥有较高&lt;i&gt;位置&lt;/i&gt; 的值的频道的位置总是被拥有较低值的频道取代。如果两个频道的 &lt;i&gt;位置&lt;/i&gt;的值相同，他们将以名称顺序排列。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Position</source>
        <translation>位置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Groups</source>
        <translation>分组(&amp;G)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Group</source>
        <translation>分组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>List of groups</source>
        <translation>分组列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove selected group</source>
        <translation>删除所选分组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove</source>
        <translation>删除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Inherit group members from parent</source>
        <translation>从上一层分组继承组成员</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Inherit</source>
        <translation>继承</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Make group inheritable to sub-channels</source>
        <translation>允许分组被子频道继承</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Inheritable</source>
        <translation>可继承</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Group was inherited from parent channel</source>
        <translation>分组是从上一级频道继承的</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Inherited</source>
        <translation>来自继承</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Members</source>
        <translation>成员</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add</source>
        <translation>添加</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add member to group</source>
        <translation>添加成员到分组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove member from group</source>
        <translation>将成员从分组删除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;ACL</source>
        <translation>&amp;ACL（访问控制列表）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Active ACLs</source>
        <translation>激活的ACL列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>List of entries</source>
        <translation>ACL规则列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Inherit ACL of parent?</source>
        <translation>是否从父级继承ACL？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as &quot;Apply to sub-channels&quot; will be inherited.</source>
        <translation>设置是否应用从父频道继承的ALC选项。只有那些被标记为“应到到子频道”的选项才会被继承。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Inherit ACLs</source>
        <translation>继承ACL</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Move entry up</source>
        <translation>规则上移</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you&apos;ll have to duplicate the inherited entry.</source>
        <translation>将列表中你选中的规则向上移动。一个规则通过顺序来决定优先级，这将会改变用户的权限的实际效果。你不能移动一个权限到继承的权限之前。如果你确实需要那样做你需要建立一个重复的选项。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Up</source>
        <translation>上移(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Move entry down</source>
        <translation>规则下移</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users.</source>
        <translation>将选中的规则在列表中的位置下移。规则通过顺序决定优先级，这将会改变用户的权限效果。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Down</source>
        <translation>下移(&amp;D)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add new entry</source>
        <translation>添加新规则</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all.</source>
        <translation>添加一个新的规则。默认没有任何权限而且对所有人生效。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Add</source>
        <translation>添加(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove entry</source>
        <translation>删除规则</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This removes the currently selected entry.</source>
        <translation>删除当前所选的规则。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Remove</source>
        <translation>删除(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Context</source>
        <translation>关系</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Entry should apply to this channel.</source>
        <oldsource>Entry should apply to this channel</oldsource>
        <translation>规则作用于当前频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This makes the entry apply to this channel.</source>
        <translation>这将设置规则作用于当前频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Applies to this channel</source>
        <translation>作用于当前频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Entry should apply to sub-channels.</source>
        <translation>规则将作用于子频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add new group</source>
        <translation>添加新分组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Add&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Add a new group.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;添加&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
添加一个新的分组。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Inherited members</source>
        <translation>被继承的成员</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Contains the list of members added to the group by this channel.</source>
        <translation>显示被该频道添加到分组的成员。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel.</source>
        <translation>显示将不从父频道继承的分组成员。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Contains the list of members inherited by other channels.</source>
        <translation>显示被其他频道继承的成员列表。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Type in the name of a user you wish to add to the group and click Add.</source>
        <translation>输入你希望添加到分组的用户的名称并点击添加。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Type in the name of a user you wish to remove from the group and click Add.</source>
        <translation>输入你希望从分组删除的用户的名称并点击添加。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Exclude</source>
        <translation>例外</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Excluded members</source>
        <translation>例外成员</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel.</source>
        <translation>这将使规则作用于这个频道的所有子频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Applies to sub-channels</source>
        <translation>应用于子频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Permissions</source>
        <translation>权限</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User/Group</source>
        <translation>用户/分组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Group this entry applies to</source>
        <translation>该规则应用于的分组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User ID</source>
        <translation>用户ID</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User this entry applies to</source>
        <translation>该规则应用的用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match.</source>
        <translation>控制这个选项将对那些用户其作用。请输入用户名并点击确认以匹配服务器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Properties</source>
        <translation>属性(&amp;P)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Name&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Enter the channel name in this field. The name has to comply with the restriction imposed by the server you are connected to.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;名称&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;在这里输入频道的名称。这个名称需要符合你所连接的服务器的规则。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Temporary&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When checked the channel created will be marked as temporary. This means when the last player leaves it the channel will be automatically deleted by the server.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;临时频道&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
当选择后将创建一个临时频道。这意味着当最后一个用户离开后频道将被服务器自动删除。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Group&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These are all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;分组&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
频道目前已经定义的所有分组。要创建一个新的分组，只需要输入名称并点击回车。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Remove&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;删除&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;删除当前所选分组。如果一个分组是继承的，将无法从列表中删除，不过所有关于这个分组的本地信息将被清除。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Inherit&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as &lt;i&gt;Inheritable&lt;/i&gt; in the parent channel.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;继承&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;从父级那里继承这个分组的所有成员，如果这个分组在父频道被标记为&lt;i&gt;可继承&lt;/i&gt;的话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Inheritable&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;可继承&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;标记这个分组能够被子频道继承。如果分组不可被继承，子频道也可以自由建立一个同样的新分组。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Inherited&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it&apos;s just for information.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;继承&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;分组是从父频道继承来的，你不能编辑这个标识，这仅是一个信息。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Members&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This list contains all members that were added to the group by the current channel. Be aware that this does not include members inherited by higher levels of the channel tree. These can be found in the &lt;i&gt;Inherited members&lt;/i&gt; list. To prevent this list to be inherited by lower level channels uncheck &lt;i&gt;Inheritable&lt;/i&gt; or manually add the members to the &lt;i&gt;Excluded members&lt;/i&gt; list.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;成员&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
这个列表包含了所有被当前频道添加到这个分组的成员。请注意这里不包含在频道树中处于更高一层的频道的成员。他们将可以在 &lt;i&gt;继承的成员&lt;/i&gt;列表中被找到。如果不希望成员被低层级的频道继承，可以取消选择&lt;i&gt;可继承&lt;/i&gt;选项或者将成员添加到&lt;i&gt;例外成员&lt;/i&gt; 列表。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Excluded members&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;例外成员&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
包含不会从父级频道继承分组成员关系的成员的列表。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Inherited members&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck &lt;i&gt;Inherit&lt;/i&gt; to prevent inheritance from higher level channels.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;继承的成员&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
包含被当前频道继承的成员的列表。取消&lt;i&gt;继承&lt;/i&gt; 选项可以阻止从高层级的频道继承。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This controls which group of users this entry applies to.&lt;br /&gt;Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives &lt;i&gt;Write&lt;/i&gt; permission to the &lt;i&gt;admin&lt;/i&gt; group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the &lt;i&gt;admin&lt;/i&gt; group in that channel, even if he doesn&apos;t belong to the &lt;i&gt;admin&lt;/i&gt; group in the channel where the ACL originated.&lt;br /&gt;If a group name starts with &apos;!&apos;, its membership is negated, and if it starts with &apos;~&apos;, it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in.&lt;br /&gt;If a group name starts with &apos;#&apos;, it is interpreted as an access token. Users must have entered whatever follows the &apos;#&apos; in their list of access tokens to match. This can be used for very simple password access to channels for non-authenticated users.&lt;br /&gt;If a group name starts with &apos;$&apos;, it will only match users whose certificate hash matches what follows the &apos;$&apos;.&lt;br /&gt;A few special predefined groups are:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;all&lt;/b&gt; - Everyone will match.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;auth&lt;/b&gt; - All authenticated users will match.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;sub,a,b,c&lt;/b&gt; - User currently in a sub-channel minimum &lt;i&gt;a&lt;/i&gt; common parents, and between &lt;i&gt;b&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;c&lt;/i&gt; channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;in&lt;/b&gt; - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for &apos;&lt;i&gt;sub,0,0,0&lt;/i&gt;&apos;).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;out&lt;/b&gt; - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for &apos;&lt;i&gt;!sub,0,0,0&lt;/i&gt;&apos;).&lt;br /&gt;Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both.</source>
        <translation>这将控制此条目适用于哪个用户组。&lt;br /&gt;请注意评估该组在频道中的关系。例如，Root频道的默认ACL设定是允许&lt;i&gt;admin&lt;/i&gt;组的&lt;i&gt;写入&lt;/i&gt;权限的。这条规则如果是继承自一个频道，那么它也将给用户写入权限，如果该用户属于那个频道的&lt;i&gt;admin&lt;/i&gt;组，即使其不属于这个ACL列表的原始定义频道的&lt;i&gt;admin&lt;/i&gt;组。&lt;br /&gt;如果一个组，它的组名以&apos;!&apos;符号开始，它的成员将被排除，而如果它的组名以&apos;~&apos;开始，则它的成员权限在ACL的定义频道而非ACL当前作用的频道进行计算。&lt;br /&gt;如果一个组的组名以&apos;#&apos;开头，它将会被解释为一个访问令牌。用户需要在他们的访问令牌列表中添加&apos;#&apos;号后面对应的字符串的条目才能匹配。则可以被用于一个非常简单的对于非认证用户的频道密码保护访问。&lt;br /&gt;如果组名以&apos;$&apos;开头，则只会匹配其证书哈希与&apos;$&apos;后面的字符串匹配的用户。&lt;br /&gt;而这里有一些特殊的预定义组，它们的列表如下：&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;all&lt;/b&gt; - 每个人都匹配。&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;auth&lt;/b&gt; - 匹配所有认证用户。&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;sub,a,b,c&lt;/b&gt; - 匹配那些当前在&lt;i&gt;a&lt;/i&gt;频道下属子频道深度介于&lt;i&gt;b&lt;/i&gt;和&lt;i&gt;c&lt;/i&gt;之间的用户。查看网站上的拓展文档以了解本预定义组的更多信息。&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;in&lt;/b&gt; - 匹配在当前频道的用户（就像&apos;&lt;i&gt;sub,0,0,0&lt;/i&gt;&apos;那样工作）。&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;out&lt;/b&gt; - 匹配不在当前频道的用户（就像&apos;&lt;i&gt;!sub,0,0,0&lt;/i&gt;&apos;那样工作）。&lt;br /&gt;请注意，规则是适用于用户或组的，而不是同时适用于二者。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Password&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This field allows you to easily set and change the password of a channel. It uses Mumble&apos;s access tokens feature in the background. Use ACLs and groups if you need more fine grained and powerful access control.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;密码&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;这里允许你为一个频道设置一个密码，即Mumble的令牌功能。使用ACL和分组功能来进行访问控制。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be shown in italics.&lt;br /&gt;ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list.</source>
        <translation>显示了当前频道被激活的所有规则。从父频道继承的规则被斜体显示。&lt;br /&gt;ACL 的优先级是自上而下增加的，这意味着列表最下面的规则拥有最高的优先级。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>ID of the channel.</source>
        <translation>频道ID</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Maximum Users</source>
        <translation>最大用户数</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Maximum number of users allowed in the channel</source>
        <translation>频道内允许的最大用户数</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Maximum Users&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. If the value is above zero, only that number of users will be allowed to enter the channel. If the value is zero, the maximum number of users in the channel is given by the server&apos;s default limit.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;最大用户数&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
该值设置频道内允许的最大用户数。如果该值为0，则使用服务器的默认设置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the sort order for the channel.</source>
        <translation>这是频道用于排序的参数。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ALSAAudioInput</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ALSAAudio.cpp" line="+149"/>
        <source>Default ALSA Card</source>
        <translation>ALSA默认声卡</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+191"/>
        <source>Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1</source>
        <translation>打开所选的ALSA输入设备失败： %1</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ALSAAudioOutput</name>
    <message>
        <location line="-190"/>
        <source>Default ALSA Card</source>
        <translation>ALSA默认声卡</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+328"/>
        <source>Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1</source>
        <translation>打开所选ALSA输出设备失败：%1</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ASIOConfig</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ASIOInput.cpp" line="+208"/>
        <source>%1 (version %2)</source>
        <translation>%1 （版本 %2）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>%1 -&gt; %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz</source>
        <oldsource>%1 -&gt; %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5Hz</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+43"/>
        <location line="+25"/>
        <source>ASIO Initialization failed: %1</source>
        <translation>ASIO 初始化失败：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-21"/>
        <location line="+25"/>
        <source>Failed to instantiate ASIO driver</source>
        <translation>ASIO驱动实例化失败</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+37"/>
        <source>ASIO</source>
        <translation>ASIO</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ASIOInput.ui"/>
        <source>Form</source>
        <translation>来自</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Device selection</source>
        <translation>选择设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Device</source>
        <translation>设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Device to use for microphone</source>
        <translation>麦克风所使用的硬件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use.</source>
        <translation>这个将选择需要查询的设备。你需要激活测试设备并且选择需要使用的频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Query selected device</source>
        <translation>查询所选设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system.</source>
        <translation>要求为频道选择设备。有些最新的ASIO驱动是不完善的，而且他们他们会由于应用程序或者系统的原因而产生崩溃。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Query</source>
        <translation>查询(&amp;Q)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Configure selected device</source>
        <translation>配置所选设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system.</source>
        <translation>配置所选的设备。有些最新的ASIO驱动是不完善的，而且他们他们会由于应用程序或者系统的原因而产生崩溃。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Configure</source>
        <translation>配置(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Capabilities</source>
        <translation>性能</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Driver name</source>
        <translation>设备名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Buffer size</source>
        <translation>缓存大小</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. &lt;i&gt;Microphone&lt;/i&gt; should be where your microphone is attached, and &lt;i&gt;Speaker&lt;/i&gt; should be a channel that samples &apos;&lt;i&gt;What you hear&lt;/i&gt;&apos;.&lt;br /&gt;For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be &apos;&lt;i&gt;Mic L&lt;/i&gt;&apos; while Speaker should be &apos;&lt;i&gt;Mix L&lt;/i&gt;&apos; and &apos;&lt;i&gt;Mix R&lt;/i&gt;&apos;.</source>
        <translation>这将配置ASIO的输入通道。 确保至少选择一个通道作为麦克风和扬声器。&lt;i&gt;麦克风&lt;/i&gt;应当是你的麦克风所连接的通道，而&lt;i&gt;扬声器&lt;/i&gt;应当是你听到示例声音&apos;&lt;i&gt;你所听到的东西&lt;/i&gt;&apos;的通道。&lt;br /&gt;例如，在Audigy 2 ZS上，麦克风的良好选择是&apos;&lt;i&gt;Mic L&lt;/i&gt;&apos;，而扬声器应为&apos;&lt;i&gt;Mix L&lt;/i&gt;&apos;和&apos;&lt;i&gt;Mix R&lt;/i&gt;&apos;。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Configure input channels</source>
        <translation>设置输入通道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Channels</source>
        <translation>通道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Microphone</source>
        <translation>麦克风</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;-</source>
        <translation>&lt;-</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>-&gt;</source>
        <translation>-&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Unused</source>
        <translation>未使用</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Speakers</source>
        <translation>扬声器</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ASIOInput</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ASIOInput.cpp" line="+74"/>
        <source>You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound.</source>
        <translation>至少需要选择一个麦克风源和一个扬声器源才能使用ASIO。如果仅需要麦克风采样，使用DirectSound。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+104"/>
        <source>Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done.</source>
        <translation>打开所选ASIO设备失败。无法进行输入。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>AboutDialog</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="About.cpp" line="+15"/>
        <source>About Mumble</source>
        <translation>关于 Mumble</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+35"/>
        <source>&lt;h3&gt;Mumble (%1)&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;p&gt;%3&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;A voice-chat utility for gamers&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;tt&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;%2&quot;&gt;%2&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;h3&gt;Mumble (%1)&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;p&gt;%3&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;为游戏玩家提供的一个语音聊天工具&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;tt&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;%2&quot;&gt;%2&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+12"/>
        <source>&amp;About Mumble</source>
        <translation>关于Mumble(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>&amp;License</source>
        <translation>许可(&amp;L)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>A&amp;uthors</source>
        <translation>作者(&amp;u)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>&amp;Third-Party Licenses</source>
        <translation>第三方许可证(&amp;T)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>OK</source>
        <translation>确定</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>AudioInput</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioInput.ui"/>
        <source>Form</source>
        <translation>来自</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Interface</source>
        <translation>接口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>System</source>
        <translation>系统</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Input method for audio</source>
        <translation>音频输入方法</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the input method to use for audio.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most likely you want to use DirectSound.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;这是音频输入的方法。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;通常这里应使用DirectSound。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Device</source>
        <translation>设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Input device for audio</source>
        <translation>语音输入设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the input device to use for audio.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;这是用户的音频输入设备。&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Transmission</source>
        <translation>传送</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Transmit</source>
        <translation>发送(&amp;T)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>When to transmit your speech</source>
        <translation>当你说话时发送</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets when speech should be transmitted.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Continuous&lt;/i&gt; - All the time&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Voice Activity&lt;/i&gt; - When you are speaking clearly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Push To Talk&lt;/i&gt; - When you hold down the hotkey set under &lt;i&gt;Shortcuts&lt;/i&gt;.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置何时发送你说的话。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;持续&lt;/i&gt;——任何时间；&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;语音激活&lt;/i&gt;——当你清楚的说话时；&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;按键说话&lt;/i&gt;——当你按住你设置的&lt;i&gt;快捷键&lt;/i&gt;时。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>DoublePush Time</source>
        <translation>双击时间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>If you press the PTT key twice in this time it will get locked.</source>
        <translation>如果你在这个时间内连续按下 PFT(按键发音键)，它将会被锁定。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;DoublePush Time&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you press the push-to-talk key twice during the configured interval of time it will be locked. Mumble will keep transmitting until you hit the key once more to unlock PTT again.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;双击时间&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;如果在配置的时间间隔内按两次按键通话快捷键，它将被锁定。 Mumble将继续发送，直到您再次按下该键再次解锁PTT。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reset audio cue to default</source>
        <translation>重置音频提示到默认</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Reset&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;Reset the paths for the files to their default.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;重置&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;重置文件的路径为默认值。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Browse for on audio file</source>
        <translation>浏览打开时的音频文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Browse for off audio file</source>
        <translation>浏览关闭时的音频文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Off</source>
        <translation>关闭</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>On</source>
        <translation>打开</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Preview the audio cues</source>
        <translation>试听音频提示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use SNR based speech detection</source>
        <translation>使用信噪比探测</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Signal to Noise</source>
        <translation>信号/噪音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置语音检测为振幅&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;在这个模式下，输入信号的强度被用于检测是否在说话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Amplitude</source>
        <translation>振幅</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Voice &amp;Hold</source>
        <translation>语音保持(&amp;H)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>How long to keep transmitting after silence</source>
        <translation>变安静后保持发送多少时间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Silence Below</source>
        <translation>安静阈值</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets the trigger values for voice detection.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below &quot;Silence Below&quot; always count as silence. Values above &quot;Speech Above&quot; always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you&apos;re already talking, but will not trigger a new detection.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置语音检测的触发值。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;将此功能与“音频统计”窗口一起使用，可手动调整用于检测语音的触发值。低于“安静阈值”的输入值始终算作静音。高于“说话阈值”的值始终算作说话。如果您已经在说话，那么介于中间的音量不会出发新的检测，都算作说话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Speech Above</source>
        <translation>说话阈值</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Signal values above this count as voice</source>
        <translation>信号超过这个值即为语音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Compression</source>
        <translation>压缩</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Quality</source>
        <translation>质量(&amp;Q)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Quality of compression (peak bandwidth)</source>
        <translation>压缩的质量(峰值带宽)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets the quality of compression.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;这里可以设置压缩质量&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;这决定了Mumble允许用于传出音频的带宽量。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Audio per packet</source>
        <translation>每包所含音频</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>How many audio frames to send per packet</source>
        <translation>每包发送多少帧音频</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;选择应将多少个音频帧放入一个数据包中。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;增加此值会增加语音的延迟，但也会降低带宽要求。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead).</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;显示使用的峰值传出带宽。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;显示从您的计算机发出的峰值带宽量。音频比特率是单独音频数据的最大比特率（因为我们使用VBR）。位置是用于位置信息的比特率。开销是我们的框架和IP数据包标头（IP和UDP是此开销的75%）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Audio Processing</source>
        <translation>音频处理</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Noise Suppression</source>
        <translation>噪声抑制</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Noise suppression</source>
        <translation>噪声抑制</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be suppressed.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置要应用的噪声抑制量。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;该值越高，静止噪声就越大。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Maximum amplification of input sound</source>
        <translation>输入声音的最大放大倍数</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Maximum amplification of input.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it&apos;s allowed to amplify.&lt;br /&gt;The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.&lt;br /&gt;If the &lt;i&gt;Microphone loudness&lt;/i&gt; level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.&lt;br /&gt;Ideally, set it so &lt;i&gt;Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor &gt;= 100&lt;/i&gt;, even when you&apos;re speaking really soft.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;输入声音的最大放大倍数&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble在压缩前将输入音量标准化，并设置允许放大的程度。&lt;br /&gt;实际级别会根据您当前的语音模式不断更新，但永远不会超过此处指定的级别。&lt;br /&gt;如果音频统计的&lt;i&gt;麦克风响度&lt;/i&gt;级别徘徊在100%左右，您可能希望将其设置为2.0左右，但如果像大多数人一样，您无法达到100%，因此请将此设置的更高。&lt;br /&gt;一般情况，将其设置到&lt;i&gt;麦克风响度 * 放大系数 &gt;= 100&lt;/i&gt;，即使您说话十分柔和。&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;请注意，将此设置为最大值没有任何害处，但如果您将其自动调整到该级别，Mumble将开始接收其他会话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Current speech detection chance</source>
        <translation>当前语音侦测</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Cancel echo from speakers</source>
        <translation>消除扬声器的回声</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enabling this will cancel the echo from your speakers. Mixed has low CPU impact, but only works well if your speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone. Multichannel echo cancellation provides much better echo cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost.</source>
        <translation>启用该选项将消除从你扬声器里发出的回声。混音模式消耗较低的CPU资源，但是仅在你的扬声器和麦克风音量等级相近并距离相等时工作良好。多音轨回声消除提供更好的回声消除效果，但是消耗较多的CPU资源。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Disabled</source>
        <translation>不可用</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;这将语音检测设置为使用信噪比。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;在此模式下，分析输入类似于清晰信号的内容，并且该信号的清晰度用于触发语音检测。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This shows the current speech detection settings.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;显示当前的语音检测设置。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;你可以从设置对话框或者音频向导改变设置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Signal values below this count as silence</source>
        <translation>当信号量低于这个值被视为安静</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio</source>
        <translation>用于发送的音频的最大带宽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use Amplitude based speech detection</source>
        <translation>使用基于振幅的语音检测</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;这选择了语音传输中感知到的停止后应该持续多长时间。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;如果您说话时声音中断（通过您名字旁边的快速闪烁的语音图标看到），请将此值设置得更高。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Exclusive mode</source>
        <translation>独占模式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This opens the device in exclusive mode.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;No other application will be able to use the device.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;打开设备独占模式&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;其他应用程序将无法使用设备。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Exclusive</source>
        <translation>独占</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>R&amp;eset</source>
        <translation>重置(&amp;e)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Browse...</source>
        <translation>浏览(&amp;B)...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>B&amp;rowse...</source>
        <translation>浏览(&amp;r)...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Preview</source>
        <translation>试听(&amp;P)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Preview&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;Plays the current &lt;i&gt;on&lt;/i&gt; sound followed by the current &lt;i&gt;off&lt;/i&gt; sound.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;试听&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;连续播放当前 &lt;i&gt;打开&lt;/i&gt; 时的声音和当前&lt;i&gt;关闭&lt;/i&gt; 时的声音。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Displays an always on top window with a push to talk button in it</source>
        <translation>当按键说话时，显示一个总是置顶的窗口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Display push to talk window</source>
        <translation>显示按键说话窗口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Misc</source>
        <translation>其它</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Audible audio cue when starting or stopping to transmit</source>
        <translation>启动或停止传输时发出声音提示音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This enables transmission audio cues.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Setting this will give you a short audio beep when you start and stop transmitting.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;开启发送声音的提示&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;设置一个当你在开始发送和结束发送的时候的简短的提示音。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Audio cue</source>
        <translation>音频提示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Gets played when starting to transmit</source>
        <translation>当开始发送时播放</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Gets played when stopping to transmit</source>
        <translation>当结束发送时播放</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Hold Time</source>
        <translation>保持时间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Time the microphone stays open after the PTT key is released</source>
        <translation>释放PTT键后麦克风保持打开的时间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioInput.cpp" line="+597"/>
        <source>Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 kbit/s (%3 ms)</source>
        <translation>服务器限制带宽%1 kbit/s。语音质量自动调整到%2 kbit/s (%3 ms)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioInput.ui"/>
        <source>Max. Amplification</source>
        <translation>最大放大倍数</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Idle action</source>
        <translation>空闲操作</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>minutes do</source>
        <translation>分钟后</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>nothing</source>
        <translation>什么也不做</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>deafen</source>
        <translation>关闭扬声器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>mute</source>
        <translation>关闭麦克风</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>after</source>
        <translation>在空闲</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Echo Cancellation</source>
        <translation>消除回音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mixed echo cancellation</source>
        <translation>混音回声消除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Multichannel echo cancellation</source>
        <translation>多轨混音回声消除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>The idle action will be reversed upon any key or mouse button input</source>
        <translation>在检测到任何鼠标和键盘动作后，撤销空闲操作</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Undo Idle action upon activity</source>
        <translation>在活动时撤消空闲操作</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Apply RNNoise&apos;s noise suppression filter.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This applies RNNoise&apos;s noise suppression filter.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RNNoise is based on machine learning and used in WebRTC.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>RNNoise</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>AudioInputDialog</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioConfigDialog.cpp" line="+80"/>
        <source>Continuous</source>
        <translation>连续</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Voice Activity</source>
        <translation>语音激活</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Push To Talk</source>
        <translation>按键发言</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+14"/>
        <source>Audio Input</source>
        <translation>音频输入</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+106"/>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>%1 ms</source>
        <translation>%1 毫秒</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-9"/>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <location line="+20"/>
        <source>Off</source>
        <translation>关闭</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-12"/>
        <source>%1 s</source>
        <translation>%1 秒</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>%1 kb/s</source>
        <translation>%1 kb/s</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+11"/>
        <source>-%1 dB</source>
        <translation>-%1 dB</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+48"/>
        <source>%1 kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3)</source>
        <translation>%1 kbit/s (声音 %2, 位置 %4, 超出 %3)</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>AudioOutput</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioOutput.ui"/>
        <source>Form</source>
        <translation>来自</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Interface</source>
        <translation>接口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>System</source>
        <translation>系统</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Output method for audio</source>
        <translation>音频输出方式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the output method to use for audio.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most likely you want to use DirectSound.</source>
        <oldsource>&lt;b&gt;This is the input method to use for audio.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most likely you want to use DirectSound.</oldsource>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;音频输出的方法。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;通常你应该选择DirectSound。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Device</source>
        <translation>设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Output device for audio</source>
        <translation>音频输出设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the output device to use for audio.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;这里是音频输出的设备。&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Positional Audio</source>
        <translation>位置音频</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Audio Output</source>
        <translation>音频输出</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Default &amp;Jitter Buffer</source>
        <translation>默认抖动缓冲区(&amp;J)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Safety margin for jitter buffer</source>
        <translation>抖动缓冲安全边际</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;这设置了抖动缓冲区的最小安全裕度。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;所有传入的音频都被缓冲，抖动缓冲区不断尝试将缓冲区推送到网络可持续的最小值以降低延迟。这将设置要使用的最小缓冲区大小。如果你听到的句子开头非常紧张，请增加这个值。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Minimum distance to user before sound volume decreases</source>
        <translation>用户音量开始减少的最小距离</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other users&apos; speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you.</source>
        <translation>设置声音计算的最小距离。其他用户的语音将不会改变直到他们和你的距离超出了这个距离。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other users&apos; speech volume will not decrease any further.</source>
        <translation>设置最大声音计算的最大距离。当用户和你的距离超过了这个距离，他们说话的声音将不会继续减少。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This enables one of the loopback test modes.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;None&lt;/i&gt; - Loopback disabled&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Local&lt;/i&gt; - Emulate a local server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Server&lt;/i&gt; - Request loopback from server.&lt;br /&gt;Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other users will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;开启回放测试模式&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;无&lt;/i&gt;——禁止回放&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;本地&lt;/i&gt;——建立一个本地仿真服务器&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;服务器&lt;/i&gt;向服务器申请接收回放&lt;br /&gt;请注意一旦开启回放，其他用户将无法听到你的声音。这个设置在退出程序时不会被保存。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Volume</source>
        <translation>音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Volume of incoming speech</source>
        <translation>传入的语音音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted.</source>
        <translation>&lt;/b&gt;调整传入的语音音量&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;注意如果你将这个这个值增加到超过100%，因平将会失真。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Output Delay</source>
        <translation>输出延迟</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Amount of data to buffer</source>
        <translation>缓冲的数据总量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>The connected &quot;speakers&quot; are actually headphones</source>
        <oldsource>The connected &quot;speakers&quot; are actually headphones.</oldsource>
        <translation>已经连接的“扬声器”实际上是耳麦</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Factor for sound volume decrease</source>
        <translation>音量减小的因素</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Bloom</source>
        <translation>空气感</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Factor for sound volume increase</source>
        <translation>音量增加的因素</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close?</source>
        <translation>对于真正接近的音源，音量会增加多少？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Checking this indicates that you don&apos;t have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right.</source>
        <translation>如果除了耳机以外你使用没有其他的扬声器，请检查这一项的设置。这非常重要，因为扬声器通常在你面前，而耳机则直接将声音传输到你的左右耳。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn&apos;t cause rapid jitter in the sound.</source>
        <translation>这将在输出缓冲区中设置要预缓冲的数据量。尝试不同的值并将其设置为最低值，这不会导致声音中的快速抖动。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Headphones</source>
        <translation>耳麦</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Minimum Distance</source>
        <translation>最小距离</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Maximum Distance</source>
        <translation>最大距离</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won&apos;t decrease</source>
        <translation>最大距离，语音音量不会降低</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Minimum Volume</source>
        <translation>最小音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>What should the volume be at the maximum distance?</source>
        <translation>当在最大距离时的声音有多大？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Loopback Test</source>
        <translation>回放测试</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Delay Variance</source>
        <translation>延迟差异</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Variance in packet latency</source>
        <translation>数据包延迟的差异</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you to set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms.</source>
        <oldsource>&lt;b&gt;This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms.</oldsource>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;这设置了环回测试的数据包延迟差异。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;大多数音频路径包含一些可变延迟。这允许您为环回模式测试设置该方差。例如，如果将此值设置为15毫秒，则会模拟具有20-35毫秒ping延迟的网络或具有80-95毫秒延迟的网络。大多数区域网络连接的差异约为5毫秒。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Packet Loss</source>
        <translation>包丢失</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Packet loss for loopback mode</source>
        <translation>环回模式的包丢失</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there&apos;s something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0%</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置回放模式的包丢失。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;设置包丢失的比率。除非你的带宽太小或者网络出现问题，否则应该是 0%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Loopback</source>
        <translation>回放(&amp;L)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Desired loopback mode</source>
        <translation>直接回放模式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Attenuate applications by...</source>
        <translation>减弱应用程序通过...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Attenuation of other applications during speech</source>
        <translation>说话期间其他应用程序的衰减</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Attenuate volume of other applications during speech&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming and/or outgoing speech. This sets the attenuation of other applications if the feature is enabled.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;在说话期间减少其他应用程序的音量&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble支持在传入和/或传出语音期间减少其他应用程序的音量。如果启用此功能，则会设置其他应用程序的衰减。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>If checked Mumble lowers the volume of other applications while other users talk</source>
        <translation>如果选中，Mumble会在其他用户说话时降低其他应用程序的音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Attenuate applications while other users talk&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming and/or outgoing speech. This makes mumble activate the feature while other users talk to you.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;在其他用户讲话时减弱应用程序音量&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble支持在传入和/或传出语音期间减少其他应用程序的音量。这使得mumble在其他用户与您交谈时激活该功能。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>while other users talk</source>
        <translation>当其他人说话时</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>If checked Mumble lowers the volume of other applications while you talk</source>
        <translation>如果选中，Mumble会在您说话时降低其他应用程序的音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Attenuate applications while you talk&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming and/or outgoing speech. This makes mumble activate the feature while you talk.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;在您讲话时减弱应用程序音量&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble支持在传入和/或传出语音期间减少其他应用程序的音量。这使得mumble在你说话时激活了这个功能。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>while you talk</source>
        <translation>当你说话时</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Exclusive mode, not recommended.</source>
        <translation>独占模式（不推荐）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This opens the device in exclusive mode.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;No other application will be able to use the device.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;以独占模式打开设备。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;其他应用程序将无法使用设备。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Exclusive</source>
        <translation>独占</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Priority Speaker</source>
        <translation>优先扬声器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>If checked Mumble lowers the volume of other users while you talk if you have the &quot;Priority Speaker&quot; status.</source>
        <translation>如果选中，如果您具有“优先发言人”状态，Mumble会在您说话时降低其他用户的音量。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Attenuate other users while talking as Priority Speaker.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other users while you talk as the &lt;i&gt;Priority Speaker&lt;/i&gt; to avoid getting disturbed. Checking this checkbox will enable this feature.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;在作为优先发言人说话时减弱其他用户。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble支持在您作为&lt;i&gt;优先发言人&lt;/i&gt;说话时减少其他用户的音量以避免受到干扰。选中此复选框将启用此功能。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Attenuate other users while talking as Priority Speaker.</source>
        <translation>在与优先发言人交谈时减弱其他用户。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Advanced Attenuation Options</source>
        <translation>高级衰减选项</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>If checked, Mumble will only attenuate applications that are using the same output source as Mumble</source>
        <translation>如果选中，Mumble将仅衰减使用与Mumble相同的输出源的应用程序</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Attenuate only applications using the same output as Mumble&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If checked, applications that use a different output than Mumble will not be attenuated.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;仅衰减与Mumble使用相同的输出的应用程序&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;如果选中，则使用与Mumble不同输出的应用程序将不会被衰减。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Only attenuate applications using the same output device</source>
        <translation>仅衰减与Mumble使用相同的输出的应用程序</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>If checked, PulseAudio loopback modules will be attenuated</source>
        <translation>如果选中，PulseAudio环回模块将被衰减</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Attenuate PulseAudio loopback modules&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If loopback modules are linked to Mumble&apos;s output device/sink, they will also be attenuated.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;衰减PulseAudio环回模块&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;如果环回模块链接到Mumble的输出设备/接收器，它们也将被衰减。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Attenuate PulseAudio loopback modules</source>
        <translation>衰减PulseAudio环回模块</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>AudioOutputDialog</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioConfigDialog.cpp" line="+138"/>
        <source>None</source>
        <translation>无</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Local</source>
        <translation>本地</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Server</source>
        <translation>服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Audio Output</source>
        <translation>音频输出</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+119"/>
        <location line="+19"/>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>%1 ms</source>
        <translation>%1 毫秒</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-16"/>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <location line="+31"/>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>%1 %</source>
        <translation>%1 %</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-16"/>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>%1 m</source>
        <translation>%1 米</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>AudioOutputSample</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioOutputSample.cpp" line="+186"/>
        <source>Choose sound file</source>
        <translation>选择声音文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Invalid sound file</source>
        <translation>无效的声音文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>The file &apos;%1&apos; cannot be used by Mumble. Please select a file with a compatible format and encoding.</source>
        <translation>Mumble无法使用文件 &apos;%1&apos; 。请检查文件的编码及格式。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>AudioStats</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioStats.cpp" line="+363"/>
        <source>&gt;1000 ms</source>
        <oldsource>&gt;1000ms</oldsource>
        <translation>&gt;1000 ms</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioStats.ui"/>
        <source>Audio Statistics</source>
        <translation>音频统计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Input Levels</source>
        <translation>输入等级</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Peak microphone level</source>
        <translation>麦克风峰值</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Peak power in last frame</source>
        <translation>最后一帧的峰值功率</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as &quot;input power&quot;. Please disregard this and look at &lt;b&gt;Microphone power&lt;/b&gt; instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers.</source>
        <translation>这显示了最后一帧（20 ms）的峰值功率，与您通常看到的显示为“输入功率”的测量值相同。请忽略这一点，然后查看&lt;b&gt;麦克风功率&lt;/b&gt;，这样更加稳定并且无视异常值。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Peak speaker level</source>
        <translation>峰值扬声器级别</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you&apos;re playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working.</source>
        <oldsource>This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working.</oldsource>
        <translation>这显示了最后一帧（20 ms）中扬声器的峰值功率。 除非您使用配置了扬声器通道的多通道采样方法（例如ASIO），否则将为0。如果您配置了这样的设置，并且当您从其他程序播放音频时仍然显示0，则说明您的设置无效。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Peak clean level</source>
        <translation>峰值清洁水平</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you&apos;re not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.&lt;br /&gt;If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you&apos;re not talking, your setup is not working, and you&apos;ll annoy other users with echoes.</source>
        <translation>这显示了所有处理后最后一帧（20 ms）的峰值功率。理想情况下，当你不说话时，这应该是-96 dB。实际上，声音工作室应该看到-60 dB，你应该看到大约-20 dB左右。当你说话时，这应该上升到介于-5和-10 dB之间。&lt;br /&gt;如果你正在使用回音消除，当你不说话时，上升到超过-15 dB，那么则表示你的设置不起作用，你会用回声惹恼其他用户。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Signal Analysis</source>
        <translation>信号分析</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Microphone power</source>
        <translation>麦克风功率</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>How close the current input level is to ideal</source>
        <translation>当前输入电平与理想电平的接近程度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Talk loud, as you would when you&apos;re upset over getting fragged by a noob.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn&apos;t go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality.</source>
        <translation>这表明您当前的输入音量与理想值的接近程度。要调整麦克风音量，请打开用于调节录音音量的任何程序，并在讲话时查看此处的值。&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;大声说话，就像你对被菜鸟击毁而感到不安 。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;调整音量直到此值接近100%，但请确保它不高于此值。如果确实如此，您可能会在部分语音中出现裁切，这会降低音质。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Signal-To-Noise ratio</source>
        <translation>信噪比</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone</source>
        <translation>麦克风的信噪比</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.&lt;br /&gt;If this value is below 1.0, there&apos;s more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.&lt;br /&gt;There is no upper limit to this value, but don&apos;t expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio.</source>
        <translation>这是最后一帧（20 ms）中麦克风的信噪比（SNR）。 它显示了声音与噪声相比更清晰的比例。&lt;br /&gt;如果此值低于1.0，则信号中的噪声比声音更多，因此质量会降低。&lt;br /&gt;这个值没有上限，但是没有一个专业级的工作室，不要指望能看到40-50以上。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Speech Probability</source>
        <translation>语音概率</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Probability of speech</source>
        <translation>声音是语音的概率</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.&lt;br /&gt;Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It&apos;s hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with &apos;h&apos;.&lt;br /&gt;If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you&apos;re connected).</source>
        <translation>这是最后一帧（20 ms）是语音而非环境噪音的概率。&lt;br /&gt;语音活动传输取决于这是正确的。这样做的诀窍是句子的中间总是被检测为语音;问题是文字和言论开始之间的停顿。很难区分叹气与以&apos;h&apos;开头的单词。&lt;br /&gt;如果这是粗体字，则表示Mumble当前正在传输（如果您已连接）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Configuration feedback</source>
        <translation>配置反馈</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Current audio bitrate</source>
        <translation>当前音频比特率</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Bitrate of last frame</source>
        <translation>上一帧比特率</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>DoublePush interval</source>
        <translation>双击间隔</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses</source>
        <translation>最后两次按键通话之间的时间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Speech Detection</source>
        <translation>语音检测</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Current speech detection chance</source>
        <translation>目前的语音检测机会</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This shows the current speech detection settings.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;显示当前的语音检测设置。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;你可以从设置对话框或者音频向导改变设置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Signal and noise power spectrum</source>
        <translation>信号和噪声功率谱</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate</source>
        <translation>输入信号的功率谱和噪声估计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).&lt;br /&gt;All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).&lt;br /&gt;This is probably only of interest if you&apos;re trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment.</source>
        <translation>这显示了当前输入信号的功率谱（红线）和当前噪声估计（填充蓝色）。&lt;br /&gt;所有幅度都乘以30以显示有趣的部分（每个波段中信号比噪声多出多少）。&lt;br /&gt;这可能只当您正在尝试微调麦克风上的噪声条件时有意义。在良好的条件下，底部应该只有一点点蓝色的颤动。如果图表上的蓝色超过一半，则您的环境会非常嘈杂。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Echo Analysis</source>
        <translation>回声分析</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Weights of the echo canceller</source>
        <translation>回声消除器的权重</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.&lt;br /&gt;Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you&apos;ll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.&lt;br /&gt;Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won&apos;t see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. &lt;br /&gt;You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong.</source>
        <translation>这显示了回声消除器的权重，时间向下增加，频率向右增加。&lt;br /&gt;理想情况下，这应该是黑色，表示根本不存在回声。更常见的是，你会有一个或多个蓝色水平条纹代表延时回声。您应该能够实时更新权重。&lt;br /&gt;请注意，只要您没有任何回声，您就不会在这里看到太多有用的数据。播放一些音乐，它应该会稳定下来。&lt;br /&gt;您可以选择查看频域权重的实部或虚部，或者可选择计算的模数和相位。其中最有用的可能是模数，它是回声的幅度，并显示在该时间步消除了多少输出信号。其他观看模式对于想要调整回声消除算法的人来说非常有用。&lt;br /&gt;请注意：如果整个图像在模数模式下大幅波动，则回声消除器无法在两个输入源之间找到任何相关性（扬声器和麦克风）。您要么在回声上有很长的延迟，要么其中一个输入源配置错误。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. The peak bitrate can be adjusted in the Settings dialog.</source>
        <translation>这是最后一个压缩帧的音频比特率（20 ms），因此当VBR调整质量时，它会上下跳转。可以在“设置”对话框中调整峰值比特率。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>AudioWizard</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioWizard.ui"/>
        <source>Audio Tuning Wizard</source>
        <translation>音频设置向导</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Introduction</source>
        <translation>简介</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard</source>
        <translation>欢迎来到 Mumble 音频设置向导</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Finished</source>
        <translation>结束</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enjoy using Mumble</source>
        <translation>祝你使用 Mumble 愉快</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Device selection</source>
        <translation>选择设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble.</source>
        <translation>选择 Mumble 使用的输入和输出设备。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the device your microphone is connected to.</source>
        <translation>这个设备链接到你的麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>System</source>
        <translation>系统</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Input method for audio</source>
        <translation>音频输入方式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the input method to use for audio.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most likely you want to use DirectSound.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置音频输入的方式。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;通常你应使用DirectSound。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Device</source>
        <translation>设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Input device to use</source>
        <translation>将使用的输入设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Selects which sound card to use for audio input.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;选择你将用于输入的声卡。&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Cancel echo from headset or speakers</source>
        <translation>消除耳机或扬声器的回音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use echo cancellation</source>
        <translation>使用回声消除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets.</source>
        <translation>这讲开启输出音频的回声消除，这对耳机和扬声器都很有帮助。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to.</source>
        <translation>这个设备连接到你的扬声器或者耳麦。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Output method for audio</source>
        <translation>音频输出方式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the Output method to use for audio.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most likely you want to use DirectSound.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置音频输出的方式。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;通常你应使用DirectSound.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Output device to use</source>
        <translation>使用的输出设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;选择你要用于输出的声卡。&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable positional audio</source>
        <translation>允许位置音频</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Allows positioning of sound</source>
        <oldsource>Allows positioning of sound.</oldsource>
        <translation>允许声音的位置信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;
This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped locally to allow you to listen to it, and no audio will be sent to the server.
&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;
这是 Mumble的音频设置向导。这将帮助你正确的设置你的声卡的输入等级和Mumble的声音处理的参数。
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
请注意在整个设置向导的过程中，音频将采用本地回放的方式以便你能听到，而且没有任何音频会被发送到服务器。
&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Input Device</source>
        <translation>输入设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Output Device</source>
        <translation>输出设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices.</source>
        <translation>允许 Mumble根据位置的不同播放位置音频。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;
To keep latency to an absolute minimum, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
You should hear a voice sample. Change the slider below to the lowest value which gives &lt;b&gt;no&lt;/b&gt; interruptions or jitter in the sound. Please note that local echo is disabled during this test.
&lt;/p&gt;
</source>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;
要想降低音频延迟，尽量减少声卡缓冲区缓冲的音频信号量是非常重要的。但是，很多声卡要正常工作都需要一个小缓冲区才能正常工作，所以唯一的办法是调整和尝试。
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
现在正在播放一段朗读。调整下面的滑动条，在&lt;b&gt;不造成朗读卡顿和抖动&lt;/b&gt;的前提下，尽可能向左调整。在测试期间，本地回放暂时关闭。
&lt;/p&gt;
</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Amount of data to buffer</source>
        <translation>要缓冲的数据量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn&apos;t cause rapid jitter in the sound.</source>
        <translation>这将在输出缓冲区中设置要预缓冲的数据量。尝试不同的值并将其设置为最低值，这不会导致声音中的快速抖动。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;
Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a &quot;Microphone boost&quot; make sure it's checked.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sound control panel until the bar below stays as high as possible in the blue and green but &lt;b&gt;not&lt;/b&gt; the red zone while you speak.
&lt;/p&gt;
</source>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;
打开操作系统的声音控制面板，转到录制面板。确认“麦克风”被选中，在“麦克风”的属性面板，“级别”子面板中，确认“麦克风”滚动条被调到最大，如果下方有“麦克风增强”可用，那么可以把增强也打开。先不要关闭这个面板。
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;现在对着话筒大声说话，并同时逐渐降低“麦克风”面板中的音量，知道下方跳动的指示条待在蓝色和绿色区域，但是小心&lt;b&gt;不要&lt;/b&gt;让它碰到红色区域。
&lt;/p&gt;
</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Positional Audio</source>
        <translation>方位语音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Adjusting attenuation of positional audio.</source>
        <translation>调整位置音频的衰减。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;
Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other users relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other user is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
The graph below shows the position of &lt;font color=&quot;red&quot;&gt;you&lt;/font&gt;, the &lt;font color=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;speakers&lt;/font&gt; and a &lt;font color=&quot;green&quot;&gt;moving sound source&lt;/font&gt; as if seen from above. You should hear the audio move between the channels.
&lt;/p&gt;
</source>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;
Mumble支持在一些游戏中使用方位语音功能，能够根据玩家在游戏中的相对方位来将用户的语音方位化。根据相对位置，通话人之间语音的音量会随着距离和方向而变化。这需要你扬声器的立体声配置配置是否正确，这个测试就是为了保证这一点。
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
下方的图像显示了&lt;font color=&quot;red&quot;&gt;你&lt;/font&gt;，&lt;font color=&quot;yellow&quot;&gt;扬声器&lt;/font&gt;和&lt;font color=&quot;green&quot;&gt;移动的音源&lt;/font&gt;，你应该能够听到音频在立体声声道中的变化。
&lt;/p&gt;
</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use headphones instead of speakers</source>
        <translation>使用耳机代替扬声器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;
Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus on the features that benefit the most users. To this end, Mumble supports submitting anonymous statistics about your configuration to the developers. These statistics are essential for future development, and also make sure the features you use aren't deprecated.
&lt;/p&gt;
</source>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;
太好了，你现在可以开始体验Mumble的丰富功能。
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Mumble仍在开发中，开发团队希望能专注于大多数用户需要的功能。所以下面时一个选项，让你可以向我们提交关于设置的匿名统计数据。这些数据会帮助我们未来进行开发，也让你需要的功能不致废弃。
&lt;/p&gt;
</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use headphones</source>
        <translation>使用耳麦</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead.</source>
        <translation>这忽略了OS扬声器配置并改为配置耳机的定位。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Volume tuning</source>
        <translation>音量调节</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings.</source>
        <translation>调节话筒硬件音量来优化效果。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don&apos;t want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you&apos;re silent.</source>
        <translation>现在尝试轻声细语的说话，就像夜里讲话那样。调节下方的滑动条，使得跳动的指示条能够在你发声时调到绿色的区域，在你不出声时保持在蓝色的区域。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Voice Activity Detection</source>
        <translation>语音激活检测</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Letting Mumble figure out when you&apos;re talking and when you&apos;re silent.</source>
        <translation>让Mumble能够判断你是否正在发言。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use.</source>
        <translation>这些设置能让Mumble判断你是否正在发言。首先选择使用哪种数据来判断是否在发言。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Raw amplitude from input</source>
        <translation>原始输入振幅</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Signal-To-Noise ratio</source>
        <translation>信噪比</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you&apos;re not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech).</source>
        <oldsource>Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech).</oldsource>
        <translation>然后我们来调节下方的滑动条，使你一开口的前几个音节，能让上方的指示条跳到绿色位置（明确发言）；当正在说话时，指示条应该在黄色区域（疑似发言）；当你不说话时，指示条应该呆在红色区域（明确不发言）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Device tuning</source>
        <translation>硬件微调</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value.</source>
        <translation>尽量调节硬件输出延迟到最小。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project</source>
        <translation>向Mumble Project发送匿名统计数据</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Push To Talk:</source>
        <translation>按键发言：</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Quality &amp; Notifications</source>
        <translation>音质和提示音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Adjust quality and notification settings.</source>
        <translation>调节音质和提示音。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Quality settings</source>
        <translation>质量设置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Low</source>
        <translation>低</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Balanced</source>
        <translation>均衡</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Notification settings</source>
        <translation>提示音设置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use Text-To-Speech to read notifications and messages to you.</source>
        <translation>使用文字-语音播报来朗读提示信息和别人发给你的信息。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Disable Text-To-Speech and use sounds instead.</source>
        <translation>不使用文字-语音播报，使用提示音。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioWizard.cpp" line="+291"/>
        <source>%1 ms</source>
        <translation>%1 毫秒</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="AudioWizard.ui"/>
        <source>Enables attenuation of other applications while users talk to you</source>
        <translation>允许在其他用户对你说话的时候降低其他应用程序的音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Attenuate applications while other users talk</source>
        <translation>其他用户说话时调低应用程序音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>High</source>
        <translation>高</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Custom</source>
        <translation>自定义</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>You already set a customized quality configuration in Mumble. Select this setting to keep it.</source>
        <translation>您已在Mumble中设置了自定义质量配置。选择此设置以保留它。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enables attenuation of other applications while users talk to you. This means that as soon someone starts to speak to you in Mumble, the sound of all other applications (like audio players) will get attenuated so you can hear them more clearly.</source>
        <translation>在用户与您通话时启用其他应用程序的衰减。这意味着一旦有人开始在Mumble中与您交谈，所有其他应用程序（如音频播放器）的声音将会衰减，以便您可以更清楚地听到它们。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Apply some high contrast optimizations for visually impaired users</source>
        <translation>为视障用户应用一些高对比度优化</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use high contrast graphics</source>
        <translation>使用高对比度图形</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Keep custom Text-To-Speech settings.</source>
        <translation>使用自定义的语音播报设置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;
Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a &quot;Microphone boost&quot; make sure it's checked.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sound control panel until the bar below stays as high as possible in the striped and the empty but &lt;b&gt;not&lt;/b&gt; the crisscrossed zone while you speak.
&lt;/p&gt;
</source>
        <oldsource>&lt;p&gt;
Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a &quot;Microphone boost&quot; make sure it's checked.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sound control panel until the bar below stays as high as possible in the striped and the empty but &lt;b&gt;not&lt;/b&gt; the criss-crossed zone while you speak.
&lt;/p&gt;
</oldsource>
        <comment>For high contrast mode</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don&apos;t want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into empty zone when you talk, but stays in the striped one while you&apos;re silent.</source>
        <comment>For high contrast mode</comment>
        <translation>现在轻声说话，就像你在深夜谈话时所说的那样，你不想打扰任何人。调整下方的滑块，以便在您说话时条形移动到空白区域，但在您保持沉默时保持条纹状态。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the empty area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the striped (might be speech) and when you&apos;re not talking, everything should be in the crisscrossed (definitively not speech).</source>
        <comment>For high contrast mode</comment>
        <translation>接下来，您需要调整以下滑块。你说的前几句话应该在空白区域（最终的演讲）结束。在说话时，你应该留在条纹（可能是语音）内，当你不说话时，一切都应该是纵横交错的（最终不是语音）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>In this configuration Mumble will use a &lt;b&gt;low amount of bandwidth&lt;/b&gt;. This will inevitably result in high latency and poor quality. Choose this only if your connection cannot handle the other settings. (16kbit/s, 60ms per packet)</source>
        <translation>在这个配置下，Mumble会使用&lt;b&gt;较小的带宽&lt;/b&gt;，但不可避免地会导致稍高地延迟和较低地音质。只要在你地连接带宽太小而不得已时使用。(16kbit/s, 60ms每个数据包)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the &lt;b&gt;recommended default&lt;/b&gt; configuration. It provides a good balance between quality, latency, and bandwidth usage. (40kbit/s, 20ms per packet)</source>
        <translation>这是&lt;b&gt;推荐的默认设置&lt;/b&gt;。在带宽、音质和延迟上有良好的平衡。(40kbit/s, 20ms每个数据包)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This configuration is only recommended for use in setups where bandwidth is not an issue, like a LAN. It provides the lowest latency supported by Mumble and &lt;b&gt;high quality&lt;/b&gt;. (72kbit/s, 10ms per packet)</source>
        <translation>这个配置只有在带宽完全不是问题的情况下使用，比如内网中。它提供Mumble所能支持的最低的延迟和&lt;b&gt;最高的音质&lt;/b&gt;。(72kbit/s, 10ms每个数据包)</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>BanEditor</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="BanEditor.ui"/>
        <source>Mumble - Edit Bans</source>
        <translation>Mumble- 编辑屏蔽列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Address</source>
        <translation>地址(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Mask</source>
        <translation>编码(&amp;M)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reason</source>
        <translation>原因</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Start</source>
        <translation>开始</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>End</source>
        <translation>结束</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User</source>
        <translation>用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Hash</source>
        <translation>哈希</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Add</source>
        <translation>添加(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Update</source>
        <translation>更新(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Remove</source>
        <translation>删除(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ban List</source>
        <translation>封禁名单</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Search field</source>
        <translation>搜索区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the search field. Use it to find bans that have this username set in the username field.</source>
        <translation>这是搜索区域。使用它来查找在用户名字段中设置此用户名的禁令。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Who are you looking for?</source>
        <translation>你在找谁？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>No nickname</source>
        <translation>无昵称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>IP address</source>
        <translation>IP地址</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>No IP address</source>
        <translation>无IP地址</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reason for the ban</source>
        <translation>封禁原因</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>No reason</source>
        <translation>无原因</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ban end date</source>
        <translation>封禁结束时间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ban end date. If you set the same date for start and end, the ban will be permanent (it will not expire).</source>
        <translation>封禁结束时间。如果你设置开始与结束时间相同，这个封禁将会是永久的（它不会过期）。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Certificate hash</source>
        <translation>证书散列值</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>No certificate hash</source>
        <translation>无证书散列值</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Banned users</source>
        <translation>被封禁的用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is a list with banned users.</source>
        <translation>这是一个列表用于显示被封禁的用户。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use this button if you want to add a new ban.</source>
        <translation>使用此按钮添加一个新的封禁。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use this button if you want to update ban information.</source>
        <translation>使用此按钮更新一个封禁的信息。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use this button if you want to remove user from the ban list.</source>
        <translation>使用此按钮如果你想从封禁列表中移除一个用户。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Clear all fields</source>
        <translation>清除所有区域</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This button clears all fields. Use it if you want to add a new ban.</source>
        <translation>这个按钮可以清除全部字段。用于你想要添加一个新的封禁纪录的时候。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Clear</source>
        <translation>清除</translation>
    </message>
    <message numerus="yes">
        <location filename="BanEditor.cpp" line="+177"/>
        <source>Ban List - %n Ban(s)</source>
        <translation><numerusform>封禁列表 - %n 个封禁</numerusform></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>CertView</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="Cert.cpp" line="+27"/>
        <source>Name</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>Email</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>Issuer</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>Expiry Date</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+43"/>
        <source>(none)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+19"/>
        <source>Self-signed</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>CertWizard</name>
    <message>
        <location line="+86"/>
        <source>Unable to validate email.&lt;br /&gt;Enter a valid (or blank) email to continue.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>There was an error generating your certificate.&lt;br /&gt;Please try again.</source>
        <translation>生成证书时产生错误。&lt;br /&gt;请重试。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>Your certificate and key could not be exported to PKCS#12 format. There might be an error in your certificate.</source>
        <translation>你的证书和密钥无法导出为PKCS#12格式。你的证书可能存在错误。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>The file could not be opened for writing. Please use another file.</source>
        <translation>文件无法打开并写入。请选择其他文件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>The file&apos;s permissions could not be set. No certificate and key has been written. Please use another file.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>The file could not be written successfully. Please use another file.</source>
        <translation>文件无法成功写入。请选择其他文件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>The file could not be opened for reading. Please use another file.</source>
        <translation>文件无法打开或读取。选择其他文件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>The file is empty or could not be read. Please use another file.</source>
        <translation>文件为空或不可读。请选择其他文件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>The file did not contain a valid certificate and key. Please use another file.</source>
        <translation>该文件未包含有效的证书和密钥，请选择其他文件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+16"/>
        <source>Select file to export certificate to</source>
        <translation>选择证书要导出到的文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+37"/>
        <source>Select file to import certificate from</source>
        <translation>选择要导入到证书窗口的文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+34"/>
        <source>Unable to import. Missing password or incompatible file type.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="main.cpp" line="+525"/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Certificate Expiry:&lt;/b&gt; Your certificate is about to expire. You need to renew it, or you will no longer be able to connect to servers you are registered on.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;证书到期：&lt;/b&gt; 你的证书已经到期。你需要重新生成一个新的证书，否则将无法连接到服务器。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>Certificates</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="Cert.ui"/>
        <source>Certificate Management</source>
        <translation>证书管理</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Certificate Authentication</source>
        <translation>证书验证</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Authenticating to servers without using passwords</source>
        <translation>免密码登陆</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Current certificate</source>
        <translation>当前证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the certificate Mumble currently uses.</source>
        <translation>Mumble当前正在使用的证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Current Certificate</source>
        <translation>当前证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Create a new certificate</source>
        <translation>创建新证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will create a new certificate.</source>
        <translation>创建一个新的证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Import certificate from file</source>
        <translation>从文件导入证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will import a certificate from file.</source>
        <translation>从文件导入一个证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Import a certificate</source>
        <translation>导入证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Export Certificate</source>
        <translation>导出证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will export a certificate to file.</source>
        <translation>导出一个证书到文件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Export current certificate</source>
        <translation>导出当前证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Import Certificate</source>
        <translation>导入证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>PKCS #12 Certificate import</source>
        <translation>导入 PKS #12 证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <oldsource>&lt;p&gt;Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from FireFox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.&lt;/p&gt;</oldsource>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;Mumble可以导入一个被存储为 PKCS #2 格式的证书。这个格式的证书不仅可以由Mumble导入，而且也可以由 Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera 等浏览器导出。&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;如果文件是被密码保护的，你需要输入密码才能导入证书。&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Import from</source>
        <translation>导入自</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Filename to import from</source>
        <translation>导入证书的文件名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the filename you wish to import a certificate from.</source>
        <translation>你需要导入的证书的文件名。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Select file to import from</source>
        <translation>选择需要导入的文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This opens a file selection dialog to choose a file to import a certificate from.</source>
        <translation>打开一个对话框以选择需要导入的证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Open...</source>
        <translation>打开...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Password</source>
        <translation>密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Password for PKCS#12 file</source>
        <translation>PKCS#12 证书的密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the password for the PKCS#12 file containing your certificate.</source>
        <translation>这是包含你的证书的PKCS#12 文件的密码。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Certificate to import</source>
        <translation>导入的证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the certificate you are importing.</source>
        <translation>你将要导入的证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Certificate Details</source>
        <translation>证书详情</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Replace Certificate</source>
        <translation>替换证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Replace existing certificate with new certificate?</source>
        <translation>用新的证书替换已存在的证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;You already have a certificate stored in Mumble, and you are about to replace it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are upgrading to a certificate issued to you by a trusted CA and the email addresses match your current certificate, this is completely safe, and servers you connect to will automatically recognize the strong certificate for your email address.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If this is not the case, you will no longer be recognized by any server you previously have authenticated with. If you haven't been registered on any server yet, this is nothing to worry about.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate?
&lt;/p&gt;
</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be replaced.</source>
        <translation>Mumble当前正在使用的证书。它将被替换。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>New certificate</source>
        <translation>新证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the new certificate that will replace the old one.</source>
        <translation>将用新的证书替换以前的证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>New Certificate</source>
        <translation>新证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Make a backup of your certificate</source>
        <translation>创建证书的备份</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Export to</source>
        <translation>导出</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Filename to export to</source>
        <translation>到处到文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the filename you wish to export a certificate to.</source>
        <translation>你希望将证书导出为的文件名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Save As...</source>
        <translation>保存为...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be exported.</source>
        <translation>这是你当前正在使用的证书。他将被导出。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Generate a new certificate for strong authentication</source>
        <translation>生成一个强认证的证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;Mumble will now generate a strong certificate for authentication to servers.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you wish, you may provide some additional information to be stored in the certificate, which will be presented to servers when you connect. If you provide a valid email address, you can upgrade to a CA issued email certificate later on, which provides strong identification.&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;Mumble现在将生产一个证书来实现服务器验证。&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;你可以提供一些额外的信息，这些信息将写在证书内，并向服务器呈现。如果你提供了一个有限的邮件地址，你可以随后升级到由证书机构签发的邮件证书，可以提供更强的身份证明。&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Name</source>
        <translation>姓名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Email</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Your email address (e.g. johndoe@mumble.info)</source>
        <translation>你的 email 地址(例如：johndoe@mumble.info)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is your email address. It is strongly recommended to provide a valid email address, as this will allow you to upgrade to a strong certificate without authentication problems.</source>
        <translation>你的 email 地址。强烈推荐使用有效的邮件地址，否则肯能会在申请强认证的时候遇到问题。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Your name (e.g. John Doe)</source>
        <translation>你的名字(例如：John Doe))</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is your name, and will be filled out in the certificate. This field is entirely optional.</source>
        <translation>你希望填写到证书里的名字。这完全是可选的。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <translation>结束</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Certificate-based authentication is ready for use</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enjoy using Mumble with strong authentication.</source>
        <translation>以强认证方式使用 Mumble.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Automatic certificate creation</source>
        <translation>自动创建证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;If you ever lose your current certificate, which will happen if your computer suffers a hardware failure or you reinstall your machine, you will no longer be able to authenticate to any server you are registered on. It is therefore &lt;b&gt;mandatory&lt;/b&gt; that you make a backup of your certificate. We strongly recommend you store this backup on removable storage, such as a USB flash drive.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Note that this file will not be encrypted, and if anyone gains access to it, they will be able to impersonate you, so take good care of it.&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;Mumble can use certificates to authenticate with servers. Using certificates avoids passwords, meaning you don&apos;t need to disclose any password to the remote site. It also enables very easy user registration and a client side friends list independent of servers.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;While Mumble can work without certificates, the majority of servers will expect you to have one.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Creating a new certificate automatically is sufficient for most use cases. But Mumble also supports certificates representing trust in the users ownership of an email address. These certificates are issued by third parties. For more information see our &lt;a href=&quot;http://mumble.info/certificate.php&quot;&gt;user certificate documentation&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;Mumble能使用证书来登陆服务器。使用证书代替密码来登陆，可以让你不用向服务器透露密码，也让注册更加简单。&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;尽管证书对于mumble不是必须的，但大部分服务器仍然会邀请你拥有一个证书。&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;一般来说，直接创建一个新证书即可，但Mumble也支持证明由第三方签发的，证明用户对邮箱地址所有权的证书。要获取更多信息，可以参照我们的&lt;a href=&quot;http://mumble.info/certificate.php&quot;&gt;如何使用证书文档&lt;/a&gt;。&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ChanACL</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="../ACL.cpp" line="+205"/>
        <source>None</source>
        <translation>无</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Traverse</source>
        <translation>通过</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Enter</source>
        <translation>进入</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Speak</source>
        <translation>说话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Mute/Deafen</source>
        <translation>关闭麦克风/扬声器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Make channel</source>
        <translation>创建频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Make temporary</source>
        <translation>创建临时频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Link channel</source>
        <translation>链接频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-87"/>
        <source>This represents no privileges.</source>
        <translation>这将不赋予任何权限。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges.</source>
        <translation>允许对频道拥有完全控制，包括改变分组和ACL信息。这个权限包含了所有其他权限。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels.</source>
        <translation>允许通过频道。如果一个用户不具有这个权限，他将无法进入这个频道和所有的子频道，即便他具有子频道的其他权限。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy.</source>
        <translation>允许进入这个频道。如果你拥有较高层的频道，你可能会允许所有人通过，但是限制进入你的根频道的人。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges.</source>
        <translation>允许用户在频道说话。用户如果没有这个权限，将无法在这个频道说话，直到被某个具有权限的人打开麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to whisper to this channel from the outside. This works exactly like the &lt;i&gt;speak&lt;/i&gt; privilege, but applies to packets spoken with the Whisper key held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to mute and deafen other users. Once muted, a user will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged user or reconnects to the server.</source>
        <translation>允许用户关闭其他用户的麦克风和扬声器。一旦被关闭了麦克风，用户将一直处于麦克风关闭状态，直到被其他有权限的用户打开或者重新连接到服务器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to move a user to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the user, either the moving user must have Move privileges in the destination channel, or the user must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Users with this privilege can move users into channels the target user normally wouldn&apos;t have permission to enter.</source>
        <translation>允许将一个用户移动到一个频道或者踢出服务器。对于移动操作，同时需要移动者拥有目标频道移动权限或者被移动者具有进入目标频道的权限。拥有这个权限的用户可以将没有进入某个频道的权限的用户移动到该频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel.</source>
        <translation>允许创建一个子频道。用户可以创建一个子频道并且被加入子频道的管理员组。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to make a temporary subchannel. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Temporary channels are not stored and disappear when the last user leaves.</source>
        <translation>允许用户创建一个临时子频道。用户可以创建一个临时子频道并被加入管理员组。临时频道不会一直存在，当最后一个用户离开后，临时频道就会消失。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to link channels. Users in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking user has the &lt;i&gt;speak&lt;/i&gt; privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it.</source>
        <translation>允许链接到频道。只要说话的用户拥有频道里的说话权限，处于被链接的频道的用户可以听到彼此的说话。你需要同时拥有两个频道的链接权限才能创建一个链接，但是只要拥有其中一个频道的链接权限就是删除这个链接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to write text messages to other users in this channel.</source>
        <translation>允许在频道内发送文字消息给其他用户。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to forcibly remove users from the server.</source>
        <translation>允许强制用户离开服务器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to permanently remove users from the server.</source>
        <translation>允许永久阻止用户进入服务器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to register and unregister users on the server.</source>
        <translation>允许在服务器上注册用户和取消用户的注册。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>This represents the permission to register oneself on the server.</source>
        <translation>允许用户在服务器上注册。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+31"/>
        <source>Whisper</source>
        <translation>悄悄话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Move</source>
        <translation>移动</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>Text message</source>
        <translation>文字信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Kick</source>
        <translation>踢出</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Ban</source>
        <translation>屏蔽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Register User</source>
        <translation>注册用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Register Self</source>
        <translation>注册自己</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-28"/>
        <source>Write ACL</source>
        <translation>编辑ACL</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ChatbarTextEdit</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="CustomElements.cpp" line="+82"/>
        <source>Paste and &amp;Send</source>
        <oldsource>Paste and send</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+25"/>
        <source>&lt;center&gt;Type chat message here&lt;/center&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;center&gt;在这里输入聊天信息&lt;/center&gt;</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ClientUser</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ClientUser.cpp" line="+110"/>
        <source>Friend</source>
        <translation>好友</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Authenticated</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Priority speaker</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Recording</source>
        <translation>录音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Muted (server)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Deafened (server)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Local Ignore (Text messages)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Local Mute</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Muted (self)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Deafened (self)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ConfigDialog</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConfigDialog.cpp" line="+29"/>
        <source>Accept changes</source>
        <translation>接受修改</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>This button will accept current settings and return to the application.&lt;br /&gt;The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application.</source>
        <translation>这个按钮将接受当前的设置并返回程序。&lt;br /&gt; 当你退出时，这些设置将被保存到硬盘。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Reject changes</source>
        <translation>拒绝修改</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>This button will reject all changes and return to the application.&lt;br /&gt;The settings will be reset to the previous positions.</source>
        <translation>这个按钮将拒绝所有的改变并返回程序。&lt;br /&gt;设置将被重置为上一个状态。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Apply changes</source>
        <translation>接受修改</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>This button will immediately apply all changes.</source>
        <translation>这个按钮将立即应用所有的改变。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Undo changes for current page</source>
        <translation>不对当前页做任何改变</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Restore defaults for current page</source>
        <translation>将当前也存储为默认值</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>This button will restore the defaults for the settings on the current page. Other pages will not be changed.&lt;br /&gt;To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page.</source>
        <oldsource>This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.&lt;br /&gt;To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page.</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConfigDialog.ui"/>
        <source>Mumble Configuration</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ConnectDialog</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="+1134"/>
        <source>Connecting to %1</source>
        <translation>连接到 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-699"/>
        <location line="+699"/>
        <source>Enter username</source>
        <translation>输入用户名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-699"/>
        <source>Adding host %1</source>
        <translation>添加主机 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.ui"/>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="+71"/>
        <source>Servername</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="+1"/>
        <source>Hostname</source>
        <translation>主机名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Bonjour name</source>
        <translation>Bonjour 名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Port</source>
        <translation>端口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Addresses</source>
        <translation>地址</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Website</source>
        <translation>网页</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Packet loss</source>
        <translation>丢包</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Ping (80%)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 ms</source>
        <translation>%1 毫秒</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Ping (95%)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Bandwidth</source>
        <translation>带宽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>%1 kbit/s</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+430"/>
        <source>&amp;Connect</source>
        <translation>连接(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+76"/>
        <source>&amp;Filters</source>
        <translation>过滤(&amp;F)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.ui"/>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="-505"/>
        <source>Users</source>
        <translation>用户数</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="+1"/>
        <source>Version</source>
        <translation>版本</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1221"/>
        <source>Failed to fetch server list</source>
        <translation>获取服务器列表失败</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.ui"/>
        <source>Mumble Server Connect</source>
        <translation>连接Mumble服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ping</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove from Favorites</source>
        <translation>从收藏夹删除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add custom server</source>
        <translation>添加自定义服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show all servers that respond to ping</source>
        <translation>显示所有响应了ping 的服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show all servers with users</source>
        <translation>显示所有有用户的服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show all servers</source>
        <translation>显示所有服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Copy</source>
        <translation>复制(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Copy favorite link to clipboard</source>
        <translation>复制收藏夹到剪切板</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Paste</source>
        <translation>站提(&amp;P)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Paste favorite from clipboard</source>
        <translation>从剪切板粘贴到收藏夹</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="-784"/>
        <source>&amp;Edit...</source>
        <translation>编辑(&amp;E)...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="-7"/>
        <source>&amp;Add New...</source>
        <translation>添加(&amp;A)...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add to &amp;Favorites</source>
        <translation>添加到收藏夹(&amp;F)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Open &amp;Webpage</source>
        <translation>打开网页(&amp;W)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show &amp;Reachable</source>
        <translation>显示可到达的服务器(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show &amp;Populated</source>
        <translation>显示有用户在线的服务器(&amp;P)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show &amp;All</source>
        <translation>显示全部服务器(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ConnectDialogEdit</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialogEdit.ui"/>
        <source>Edit Server</source>
        <translation>编辑服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Name of the server</source>
        <translation>服务器名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>A&amp;ddress</source>
        <translation>地址(&amp;d)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Internet address of the server.</source>
        <oldsource>Internet address of the server. </oldsource>
        <translation>服务器的 Internet 地址。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Address&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an IPv4/IPv6 address or a Bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a &apos;@&apos; to be recognized by Mumble.</source>
        <oldsource>&lt;b&gt;Address&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/br&gt;
Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an ipv4/6 address or a bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a '@' to be recognized by Mumble.</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Port</source>
        <translation>端口(&amp;P)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Port on which the server is listening</source>
        <translation>服务器所使用的监听端口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Port&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Port on which the server is listening. If the server is identified by a Bonjour service identifier this field will be ignored.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;端口&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
服务器所使用的监听端口。如果服务器是一个Bonjour服务编号，这个区域会被忽略。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Username</source>
        <translation>用户名(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Username to send to the server</source>
        <translation>发送到服务器的用户名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Username&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions on how a username might look like. Also your username could already be taken by another user.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Label</source>
        <translation>显示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="-192"/>
        <source>Add Server</source>
        <translation>添加服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+15"/>
        <source>You are currently connected to a server.
Do you want to fill the dialog with the connection data of this server?
Host: %1 Port: %2</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+45"/>
        <source>You have an URL in your clipboard.
Do you want to fill the dialog with this data?
Host: %1 Port: %2</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialogEdit.ui"/>
        <source>Password</source>
        <translation>密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Password to send to the server</source>
        <translation>发送到服务器的密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Password&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Password to be sent to the server on connect. This password is needed when connecting as &lt;i&gt;SuperUser&lt;/i&gt; or to a server using password authentication. If not entered here the password will be queried on connect.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;密码&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
当连接服务器时发动到服务器的密码。这个密码是当以&lt;i&gt;超级用户&lt;/i&gt;链接到服务器时是哟你的密码验证。如果没有在这里输入，当连接到服务器时会被要求输入密码。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show password</source>
        <translation>显示密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Label&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Label of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your server list and can be chosen freely.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Local server label</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>127.0.0.1</source>
        <translation>127.0.0.1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>64738</source>
        <translation>64738</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Your username</source>
        <translation>用户名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Your password</source>
        <translation>密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Fill</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>CoreAudioSystem</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="CoreAudio.cpp" line="+64"/>
        <source>Default Device</source>
        <translation>默认设备</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>CrashReporter</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="CrashReporter.cpp" line="+16"/>
        <source>Mumble Crash Report</source>
        <translation>Mumble 崩溃报告</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;We&apos;re terribly sorry, but it seems Mumble has crashed. Do you want to send a crash report to the Mumble developers?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The crash report contains a partial copy of Mumble&apos;s memory at the time it crashed, and will help the developers fix the problem.&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>Email address (optional)</source>
        <translation>Email地址(选填)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+9"/>
        <source>Please describe briefly, in English, what you were doing at the time of the crash</source>
        <oldsource>Please briefly describe what you were doing at the time of the crash</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Send Report</source>
        <translation>发送报告</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Don&apos;t send report</source>
        <translation>不发送报告</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+24"/>
        <source>Crash upload successful</source>
        <translation>崩溃报告上传成功</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Thank you for helping make Mumble better!</source>
        <translation>感谢你帮助Mumble变得更好！</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Crash upload failed</source>
        <translation>崩溃报告上传失败</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-2"/>
        <source>We&apos;re really sorry, but it appears the crash upload has failed with error %1 %2. Please inform a developer.</source>
        <translation>非常抱歉，发送崩溃报告因错误%1 %2 而失败。请通知开发者。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>This really isn&apos;t funny, but apparently there&apos;s a bug in the crash reporting code, and we&apos;ve failed to upload the report. You may inform a developer about error %1</source>
        <translation>这一点也不好玩，由于崩溃报告代码中存在漏洞，素以无法成功发送报告。你可以将错误 %1 通知开发者</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+101"/>
        <source>Uploading crash report</source>
        <translation>崩溃报告上传中</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Abort upload</source>
        <translation>取消上传</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>DXAudioInput</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="DirectSound.cpp" line="+158"/>
        <source>Default DirectSound Voice Input</source>
        <translation>默认 DirectSound 声音输入</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+451"/>
        <source>Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done.</source>
        <translation>打开选择的DirectSound输入设备失败。无法执行麦克风抓取。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-83"/>
        <source>Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used.</source>
        <translation>打开选择的DirectSound输入设备失败。将使用默认设备。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+78"/>
        <source>Lost DirectSound input device.</source>
        <translation>DirectSound输入设备丢失。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>DXAudioOutput</name>
    <message>
        <location line="-486"/>
        <source>Default DirectSound Voice Output</source>
        <translation>默认DirectSound声音输出</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+243"/>
        <source>Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used.</source>
        <translation>打开所选DirectSound输出失败。将使用默认设备。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+73"/>
        <source>Lost DirectSound output device.</source>
        <translation>DirectSound 输出设备丢失。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard.</source>
        <translation>打开选择的 DirectSound 输出失败。将无法听到声音。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>Database</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="Database.cpp" line="+92"/>
        <source>Mumble failed to initialize a database in any
of the possible locations.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>The database &apos;%1&apos; is read-only. Mumble cannot store server settings (i.e. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem.</source>
        <oldsource>The database '%1' is read-only. Mumble can not store server settings (ie. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem.</oldsource>
        <translation>数据库‘%1&apos;’ 是只读的。在修复错误前Mumble 无将法保存服务器设置（i.e. SLL certificates）。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>DeveloperConsole</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="DeveloperConsole.cpp" line="+31"/>
        <source>Developer Console</source>
        <translation>开发者控制台</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>DockTitleBar</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="CustomElements.cpp" line="+189"/>
        <source>Drag here</source>
        <translation>拖放到此处</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>GlobalShortcut</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="GlobalShortcut.ui"/>
        <source>Shortcuts</source>
        <translation>快捷键</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>List of configured shortcuts</source>
        <translation>已经设置的快捷键列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Function</source>
        <translation>操作</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Data</source>
        <translation>数据</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shortcut</source>
        <translation>快捷键</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Suppress</source>
        <translation>抑制</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add new shortcut</source>
        <translation>添加新的快捷键</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will add a new global shortcut</source>
        <translation>添加一个新的全局快捷键</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Add</source>
        <translation>添加(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove selected shortcut</source>
        <translation>删除选择快捷键</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will permanently remove a selected shortcut.</source>
        <translation>永久删除一个被选择的快捷键。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Remove</source>
        <translation>删除(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Mumble can currently only use mouse buttons and keyboard modifier keys (Alt, Ctrl, Cmd, etc.) for global shortcuts.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you want more flexibility, you can enable &lt;span style=&quot; font-style:italic;&quot;&gt;Access for assistive devices&lt;/span&gt; in the system&apos;s Accessibility preferences. However, please note that this change also potentially allows malicious programs to read what is typed on your keyboard.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Open Accessibility Preferences</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Skip</source>
        <translation>跳过</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable Global Shortcuts</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Additional Shortcut Engines&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This section allows you to configure the use of additional GlobalShortcut engines.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Additional Shortcut Engines</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Enable Windows hooks&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;This enables the Windows hooks shortcut engine. Using this engine allows Mumble to suppress keypresses and mouse clicks.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable Windows hooks</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Enable GKey&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;This setting enables support for the GKey shortcut engine, for &quot;G&quot;-keys found on Logitech keyboards.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable GKey</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Enable XInput&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This setting enables support for the XInput shortcut engine, for Xbox compatible controllers.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable XInput</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Enable shortcuts in privileged applications&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;Also known as &quot;UIAccess&quot;. This allows Mumble to receive global shortcut events from programs running at high privilege levels, such as an Admin Command Prompt or older games that run with admin privileges.
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Without this option enabled, using Mumble&apos;s global shortcuts in privileged applications will not work. This can seem inconsistent: for example, if the Push-to-Talk button is pressed in a non-privileged program, but released in a privileged application, Mumble will not observe that it has been released and you will continue to talk until you press the Push-to-Talk button again.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable shortcuts in privileged applications</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>GlobalShortcutConfig</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="GlobalShortcut.cpp" line="+533"/>
        <source>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Mumble can currently only use mouse buttons and keyboard modifier keys (Alt, Ctrl, Cmd, etc.) for global shortcuts.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you want more flexibility, you can add Mumble as a trusted accessibility program in the Security &amp; Privacy section of your Mac&apos;s System Preferences.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the Security &amp; Privacy preference pane, change to the Privacy tab. Then choose Accessibility (near the bottom) in the list to the left. Finally, add Mumble to the list of trusted accessibility programs.&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+115"/>
        <source>Shortcuts</source>
        <translation>快捷键</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+72"/>
        <source>Shortcut button combination.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the global shortcut key combination.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click this field and then press the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear.</source>
        <oldsource>&lt;b&gt;This is the global shortcut key combination.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind.</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Suppress keys from other applications</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This hides the button presses from other applications.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>GlobalShortcutTarget</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="GlobalShortcutTarget.ui"/>
        <source>Whisper Target</source>
        <translation>悄悄话目标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Whisper to list of Users</source>
        <translation>对列表的用户说悄悄话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Channel Target</source>
        <translation>改变目标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Restrict to Group</source>
        <translation>限制分组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>If specified, only members of this group will receive the whisper.</source>
        <translation>如果指定，只有列表中的人才能接收到悄悄话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>List of users</source>
        <translation>用户列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add</source>
        <translation>添加</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove</source>
        <translation>删除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Modifiers</source>
        <translation>调整</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Do not send positional audio information when using this whisper shortcut.</source>
        <translation>当使用快捷悄悄话方式时不发送位置语音信息。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ignore positional audio</source>
        <translation>忽视位置语音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shout to Linked channels</source>
        <translation>对链接的频道大喊</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shout to subchannels</source>
        <translation>对所有的子频道大喊</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shout to Channel</source>
        <translation>对频道大喊</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>The whisper will also be transmitted to linked channels.</source>
        <translation>悄悄话可以发送到所有链接的频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>The whisper will also be sent to the subchannels of the channel target.</source>
        <translation>悄悄话可以发送到目标频道的所有子频道。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>GlobalShortcutX</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="GlobalShortcut_unix.cpp" line="+354"/>
        <source>Mouse %1</source>
        <translation>鼠标 %1</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>JackAudioSystem</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="JackAudio.cpp" line="+121"/>
        <source>Hardware Ports</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Mono</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Stereo</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>LCD</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="LCD.cpp" line="+267"/>
        <source>Not connected</source>
        <translation>未连接</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>LCDConfig</name>
    <message>
        <location line="-171"/>
        <source>Enable this device</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>LCD</source>
        <translation>LCD</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="LCD.ui"/>
        <source>Form</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Devices</source>
        <translation>设备</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Name</source>
        <translation>名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;This is the list of available LCD devices on your system.  It lists devices by name, but also includes the size of the display. Mumble supports outputting to several LCD devices at a time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Size:&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixels (for Graphic LCDs) or in characters (for Character LCDs).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Enabled:&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This decides whether Mumble should draw to a particular LCD device.&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;这是一个你系统上的可用LCD设备的列表。  这里列出了设备的名称、显示的尺寸。Mumble支持在同一时间输出到多个LCD设备。&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;大小：&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
这个区域显示了LCD设备的尺寸大小。这个尺寸用像素或者英寸表示。&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;可用：&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mumble是否显示到该LCD设备上。&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Size</source>
        <translation>大小</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enabled</source>
        <translation>可用</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Views</source>
        <translation>显示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Minimum Column Width</source>
        <translation>最小列宽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;This option decides the minimum width a column in the User View.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If too many people are speaking at once, the User View will split itself into columns. You can use this option to pick a compromise between number of users shown on the LCD, and width of user names.&lt;/p&gt;
</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This setting decides the width of column splitter.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Splitter Width</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>Log</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="Log.cpp" line="+222"/>
        <source>Debug</source>
        <translation>调试</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Critical</source>
        <translation>危险</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Warning</source>
        <translation>警告</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Information</source>
        <translation>信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Server Connected</source>
        <translation>已连接到服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Server Disconnected</source>
        <translation>和服务器的连接断开</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>Other self-muted/deafened</source>
        <translation>他人自己的操作——关闭麦克风/扬声器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Permission Denied</source>
        <translation>不允许</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Text Message</source>
        <translation>文字消息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-13"/>
        <source>User Joined Server</source>
        <translation>用户进入服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User Left Server</source>
        <translation>用户离开服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User recording state changed</source>
        <translation>用户录音状态改变</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User kicked (you or by you)</source>
        <translation>用户被踢出(你或者被你)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User kicked</source>
        <translation>用户被踢出</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>You self-muted</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>User muted (you)</source>
        <translation>你的麦克风被关闭</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User muted (by you)</source>
        <translation>用户的麦克风被关闭</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User muted (other)</source>
        <translation>用户的麦克风被关闭(其他人)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User Joined Channel</source>
        <translation>用户进入频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User Left Channel</source>
        <translation>用户离开频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>You self-unmuted</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>You self-deafened</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>You self-undeafened</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User renamed</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>You Joined Channel</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>You Joined Channel (moved)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User connected and entered channel</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User left channel and disconnected</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Private text message</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+59"/>
        <source>the server</source>
        <translation>服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+111"/>
        <source>[[ Invalid size ]]</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+13"/>
        <source>[[ Text object too large to display ]]</source>
        <translation>[[ 文字元件太大而无法显示 ]]</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+46"/>
        <source>[Date changed to %1]
</source>
        <translation>[日期变更为 %1]
</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+74"/>
        <source>link to %1</source>
        <translation>链接到 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>FTP link to %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>player link</source>
        <translation>播放器链接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>channel link</source>
        <translation>频道链接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 link</source>
        <translation>%1 链接</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>LogConfig</name>
    <message>
        <location line="-499"/>
        <source>Toggle console for %1 events</source>
        <translation>将事件 %1 关联到控制台</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events</source>
        <translation>将事件 %1 关联到弹出通知</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+12"/>
        <source>Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events</source>
        <translation>将事件 %1 关联到语音播报</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-10"/>
        <source>Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events</source>
        <translation>将事件 %1 关联到提示音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-1"/>
        <source>Toggle window highlight (if not active) for %1 events</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events&lt;br /&gt;Single click to play&lt;br /&gt;Double-click to change</source>
        <translation>为事件 %1 的提示音选择一个声音文件&lt;br /&gt;单击播放&lt;br /&gt;双击改变</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log.</source>
        <translation>点击这里为事件 %1 设置控制输出。&lt;br /&gt;如果选择这个选项，Mumble将输出所有事件 %1 到信息日志。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event.</source>
        <oldsource>Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event.</oldsource>
        <translation>点击这里将事件 %1 关联到弹出式消息提示。&lt;br /&gt;如果这个选项被选中，Mumble会为所有 %1 事件创建一个弹出消息。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Click here to toggle window highlight for %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;If checked, Mumble&apos;s window will be highlighted for every %1 event, if not active.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;Single click to play&lt;br /&gt;Double-click to change&lt;br /&gt;Ensure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect.</source>
        <translation>为事件 %1 选择用于提示音的声音文件。&lt;br /&gt;单击播放&lt;br /&gt;双击改变&lt;br /&gt;确认这些事件已经开启声音提示并且没有设置其他的效果。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for sound files. Text-To-Speech and sound files cannot be used at the same time.</source>
        <oldsource>Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time.</oldsource>
        <translation>点击这里将事件 %1 关联到语音播报。&lt;br /&gt;一旦选择，语音提示会将事件 %1 读出给你。语音提示也能够读出并不包含在声音文件里的事件内容。语音提示和声音文件不能同时启用。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-5"/>
        <source>Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;If checked, Mumble uses a sound file predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Sound files and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time.</source>
        <oldsource>Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.&lt;br /&gt;Single click to play&lt;br /&gt;Doubleclick to change&lt;br /&gt;Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect.</oldsource>
        <translation>点击这里将事件 %1 绑定到提示音。&lt;br /&gt;如果选择，Mumble会使用播放指定的声音文件提示事件 %1 。声音文件和语音播报不能同时启用。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="Log.ui"/>
        <source>Messages</source>
        <translation>消息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Message</source>
        <translation>消息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Console</source>
        <translation>控制台</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Notification</source>
        <translation>提示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Text-To-Speech</source>
        <translation>语音播报</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Soundfile</source>
        <translation>声音文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Path</source>
        <translation>路径</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Text To Speech</source>
        <translation>语音播报</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Volume</source>
        <translation>音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine</source>
        <translation>语音播报启用的音量</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置语音合成的音量&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Length threshold</source>
        <translation>长度限制</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine</source>
        <translation>设置语音播放的信息长度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置语音播报的信息的长度&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;超过这个长度限制的信息将不会被播报全部内容。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source> Characters</source>
        <translation>字符</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Whisper</source>
        <translation>悄悄话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>If checked you will only hear whispers from users you added to your friend list.</source>
        <translation>如果你选择这个选项你将只能听到你的好友列表里的用户给你发送的悄悄话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Only accept whispers from friends</source>
        <translation>只接受好友的悄悄话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>If enabled text messages you send will be read back to you with TTS</source>
        <translation>如果允许这个选项，发送给你的信息将通过语音播报读出</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Read back own messages</source>
        <translation>阅读给我的消息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Chat Log</source>
        <translation>聊天记录</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Maximum chat length</source>
        <translation>最大字符长度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Unlimited</source>
        <translation>无限制</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source> Lines</source>
        <translation> 行</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Highlight</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>LookConfig</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="LookConfig.cpp" line="+30"/>
        <source>System default</source>
        <translation>系统默认</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+21"/>
        <location line="+51"/>
        <source>None</source>
        <translation>不展开</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-50"/>
        <source>Only with users</source>
        <translation>仅有用户时</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>All</source>
        <translation>全部</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Ask</source>
        <translation>询问</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-3"/>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Do Nothing</source>
        <translation>无动作</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-3"/>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Move</source>
        <translation>移动</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+21"/>
        <source>&lt;a href=&quot;%1&quot;&gt;Browse&lt;/a&gt;</source>
        <extracomment>This link is located next to the theme heading in the ui config and opens the user theme directory</extracomment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>User Interface</source>
        <translation>用户界面</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="LookConfig.ui"/>
        <source>This sets which channels to automatically expand. &lt;i&gt;None&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;All&lt;/i&gt; will expand no or all channels, while &lt;i&gt;Only with users&lt;/i&gt; will expand and collapse channels as users join and leave them.</source>
        <translation>设置频道的自动展开。&lt;i&gt;不展开&lt;/i&gt; 和 &lt;i&gt;全部展开&lt;/i&gt;将展开或不展开所有频道。&lt;i&gt;仅有用户时&lt;/i&gt; 将展开在用户加入或离开他们时自动展开或收缩。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>List users above subchannels (requires restart).</source>
        <translation>将用户显示在子频道上方(需要重启)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;If set, users will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A restart of Mumble is required to see the change.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;如果设置，这个频道的用户将显示在子频道的上方。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;这个该表需要重启 Mumble 才能生效。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Users above Channels</source>
        <translation>用户在频道上方</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;如果设置，如托退出时已经连接将发出确认通知。&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show number of users in each channel</source>
        <translation>显示每个频道的用户数</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show channel user count</source>
        <translation>显示频道用户数</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Language</source>
        <translation>语言</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Language to use (requires restart)</source>
        <translation>将使用的语言(需要重启)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This sets which language Mumble should use.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You have to restart Mumble to use the new language.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;设置 Mumble 将使用的语言&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;你需要重启才能使用新的语言。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Look and Feel</source>
        <translation>外观和体验</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Layout</source>
        <translation>布局</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Classic</source>
        <translation>经典</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Stacked</source>
        <translation>堆叠</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Hybrid</source>
        <translation>混合</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Custom</source>
        <translation>自定义</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This changes the behavior when moving channels.</source>
        <translation>改变移动一个频道时的行为。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. &lt;i&gt;Move&lt;/i&gt; moves the channel without prompting. &lt;i&gt;Do Nothing&lt;/i&gt; does nothing and prints an error message. &lt;i&gt;Ask&lt;/i&gt; uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel.</source>
        <oldsource>This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. &lt;i&gt;Move Channel&lt;/i&gt; moves the channel without prompting. &lt;i&gt;Do Nothing&lt;/i&gt; does nothing and prints an error message. &lt;i&gt;Ask&lt;/i&gt; uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel.</oldsource>
        <translation>设置当一个频道被拖动时的行为，可以防止意外的拖动。&lt;i&gt;移动&lt;/i&gt; 立刻移动频道而不需要任何确认；&lt;i&gt;无动作&lt;/i&gt; 不做任何改变并显示一个错误信息。&lt;i&gt;询问&lt;/i&gt; 弹出一个消息框以确认是发哦要移动频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Expand</source>
        <translation>扩展</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>When to automatically expand channels</source>
        <translation>什么时候自动扩展频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Channel Dragging</source>
        <translation>拖动频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble.</source>
        <translation>询问是最小化还是关闭 Mumble。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ask on quit while connected</source>
        <translation>当已连接时询问</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Always On Top</source>
        <translation>始终置顶</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Hide in tray when minimized</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized.</source>
        <translation>当最小化时隐藏 Mumble 主窗口到系统栏。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This setting controls when the application will be always on top.</source>
        <translation>设置控制应用程序是否总是在顶层显示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Never</source>
        <translation>从不</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Always</source>
        <translation>总是</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>In minimal view</source>
        <translation>简洁视图时</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>In normal view</source>
        <translation>普通视图时</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Displays talking status in system tray</source>
        <translation>在系统栏显示说话状态</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show talking status in tray icon</source>
        <translation>在系统栏图标显示说话状态</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select &lt;i&gt;Never&lt;/i&gt; the application will not stay on top. &lt;i&gt;Always&lt;/i&gt; will always keep the application on top. &lt;i&gt;In minimal view&lt;/i&gt; / &lt;i&gt;In normal view&lt;/i&gt; will only keep the application always on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show context menu in menu bar</source>
        <translation>菜单栏显示菜单内容</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Apply some high contrast optimizations for visually impaired users</source>
        <translation>允许障碍用户使用高亮显示的优化</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Optimize for high contrast</source>
        <translation>高亮显示优化</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Application</source>
        <translation>应用程序</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Adds user and channel context menus into the menu bar</source>
        <translation>添加用户和频道内容菜单到菜单栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Tray Icon</source>
        <translation>系统图标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Channel Tree</source>
        <translation>频道树</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use selected item as the chat bar target</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Filter automatically hides empty channels</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show transmit mode dropdown in toolbar</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Theme</source>
        <translation>主题</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Theme to use to style the user interface</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Configures which theme the Mumble user interface should be styled with&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble will pick up themes from certain directories and display them in this list. The one you select will be used to customize the visual appearance of Mumble. This includes colors, icons and more.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User Dragging</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This changes the behavior when moving users.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This sets the behavior of user drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. &lt;i&gt;Move&lt;/i&gt; moves the user without prompting. &lt;i&gt;Do Nothing&lt;/i&gt; does nothing and prints an error message. &lt;i&gt;Ask&lt;/i&gt; uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the user.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Enable Developer menu&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This enables the &quot;Developer&quot;-menu in Mumble. This menu is used for developer-specific features, such as the Developer Console.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable Developer menu</source>
        <translation>显示开发者菜单</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>When in custom layout mode, checking this disables rearranging.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Lock layout</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>MainWindow</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="MainWindow.cpp" line="+107"/>
        <location line="+2701"/>
        <source>Root</source>
        <translation>根</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-2644"/>
        <source>Push-to-Talk</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Push and hold this button to send voice.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation>当按钮保持按下状态时发送声音。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Reset Audio Processor</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation>重置音频处理器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+13"/>
        <source>Unlink Plugin</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Push-to-Mute</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Join Channel</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation>加入频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Toggle Overlay</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation>切换Overlay</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Toggle state of in-game overlay.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Toggle Minimal</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Volume Up (+10%)</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation>声音调大(10%)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Volume Down (-10%)</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation>声音调小(-10%)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="MainWindow.ui"/>
        <source>Mumble</source>
        <translation>Mumble</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="MainWindow.cpp" line="+4"/>
        <location line="+159"/>
        <location line="+2638"/>
        <source>Mumble -- %1</source>
        <translation>Mumble——%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-2766"/>
        <source>&amp;Window</source>
        <translation>窗口(&amp;W)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <location line="+185"/>
        <source>Minimize</source>
        <translation>最小化</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-185"/>
        <source>Ctrl+M</source>
        <translation>Ctrl+M</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+184"/>
        <source>Close</source>
        <translation>关闭</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-1"/>
        <source>Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it?</source>
        <translation>Mumble正在链接到服务器。你确定要关闭或者最小化吗？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-252"/>
        <source>Mute Self</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Set self-mute status.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>This will set or toggle your muted status. If you turn this off, you will also disable self-deafen.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Deafen Self</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation>关闭自己的扬声器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Set self-deafen status.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>This will set or toggle your deafened status. If you turn this on, you will also enable self-mute.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation>设置或者切换你的扬声器状态。这个状态不会影响你的麦克风状态。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+31"/>
        <source>Whisper/Shout</source>
        <oldsource>Whisper</oldsource>
        <translation>悄悄话/大喊</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+79"/>
        <location line="+2797"/>
        <source>&lt;center&gt;Not connected&lt;/center&gt;</source>
        <oldsource>Not connected</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-2349"/>
        <source>Clear</source>
        <translation>清空</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+73"/>
        <source>Opening URL %1</source>
        <translation>打开网址 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>File does not exist</source>
        <translation>文件不存在</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>File is not a configuration file.</source>
        <translation>文件不是配置文件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Settings merged from file.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>URL scheme is not &apos;mumble&apos;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+26"/>
        <source>This version of Mumble can&apos;t handle URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+36"/>
        <source>Connecting to %1</source>
        <translation>连接到 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Enter username</source>
        <translation>输入用户名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+15"/>
        <location line="+221"/>
        <source>Connecting to server %1.</source>
        <translation>连接到服务器 %1 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+10"/>
        <source>Reconnecting.</source>
        <translation>重新连接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+76"/>
        <location line="+1497"/>
        <source>Transmit Mode set to Continuous</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-1397"/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;%1 (%2)&lt;br /&gt;%3&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;%1 (%2)&lt;br /&gt;%3&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+69"/>
        <source>&lt;h2&gt;Voice channel&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128&lt;br /&gt;%1 ms average latency (%4 deviation)&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-179"/>
        <location line="+448"/>
        <source>Register yourself as %1</source>
        <translation>将你自己注册为 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-448"/>
        <location line="+448"/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;You are about to register yourself on this server. This action cannot be undone, and your username cannot be changed once this is done. You will forever be known as &apos;%1&apos; on this server.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Are you sure you want to register yourself?&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;你将要在服务器上注册，这个操作无法撤销，用户名注册后无法修改，%1将一直作为你的用户名。&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;确认继续注册自己？&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-343"/>
        <source>&lt;h2&gt;Version&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;Protocol %1&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;No build information or OS version available&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+18"/>
        <source>The connection is encrypted and authenticated using %1 and uses %2 as the key exchange mechanism (%3)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>The connection is encrypted using %1, with %2 for message authentication and %3 as the key exchange mechanism (%4)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+11"/>
        <source>The connection is secured by the cipher suite that OpenSSL identifies as %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;The connection provides perfect forward secrecy&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;The connection does not provide perfect forward secrecy&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>&lt;h2&gt;Control channel&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;The connection uses %1&lt;/p&gt;%2%3&lt;p&gt;%4 ms average latency (%5 deviation)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Remote host %6 (port %7)&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+21"/>
        <source>Voice channel is sent over control channel</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+273"/>
        <source>Register user %1</source>
        <translation>注册用户 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;You are about to register %1 on the server. This action cannot be undone, the username cannot be changed, and as a registered user, %1 will have access to the server even if you change the server password.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;From this point on, %1 will be authenticated with the certificate currently in use.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Are you sure you want to register %1?&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;p&gt;你将注册 %1 到这个服务器上。这个操作无法被撤销，而且这个用户名一旦注册将无法被改变， %1 将一直作为你的用户名，即使你修改服务器密码。&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;基于这一点，需要认证%1是否正在被使用。&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;确定注册为 %1 ？&lt;/p&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+40"/>
        <source>Kicking user %1</source>
        <translation>踢出用户 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+19"/>
        <source>Banning user %1</source>
        <translation>封禁用户 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+61"/>
        <source>View comment on user %1</source>
        <translation>浏览用户%1的说明</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+76"/>
        <location line="+270"/>
        <location line="+611"/>
        <source>Message to channel %1</source>
        <translation>发送消息到频道 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+65"/>
        <source>Connected.</source>
        <translation>已连接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+112"/>
        <source>&lt;li&gt;Expected certificate digest (SHA-1):	%1&lt;/li&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Server presented a certificate which failed verification.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;%1&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;%2&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The specific errors with this certificate are:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ol&gt;%3&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;p&gt;Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?&lt;br /&gt;(It will also be stored so you won&apos;t be asked this again.)&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+24"/>
        <source>SSL Version mismatch</source>
        <translation>SSL版本不匹配</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+67"/>
        <source>Server connection failed.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+80"/>
        <source>&lt;center&gt;Type message to channel &apos;%1&apos; here&lt;/center&gt;</source>
        <oldsource>Type message to channel '%1' here</oldsource>
        <translation>&lt;center&gt;在这里输入发送到频道 &apos;%1&apos; 的信息&lt;/center&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>&lt;center&gt;Type message to user &apos;%1&apos; here&lt;/center&gt;</source>
        <oldsource>Type message to user '%1' here</oldsource>
        <translation>&lt;center&gt;在这里输入发送给用户 &apos;%1&apos; 的信息&lt;/center&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+101"/>
        <source>Choose image file</source>
        <translation>选择图像文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <location line="+17"/>
        <location line="+9"/>
        <source>Failed to load image</source>
        <translation>读取图像失败</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-26"/>
        <source>Could not open file for reading.</source>
        <translation>无法打开并读取文件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+17"/>
        <location line="+9"/>
        <source>Image format not recognized.</source>
        <translation>无法识别图像格式。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-3103"/>
        <source>&amp;User</source>
        <translation>用户(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>&amp;Channel</source>
        <translation>频道(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+62"/>
        <location line="+26"/>
        <source>Use in conjunction with Whisper to.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-21"/>
        <source>This will switch the states of the in-game overlay.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+19"/>
        <source>Link Channel</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Cycle Transmit Mode</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Send Text Message</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Send Clipboard Text Message</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>This will send your Clipboard content to the channel you are currently in.</source>
        <comment>Global Shortcut</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+88"/>
        <source>Continuous</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Voice Activity</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Push-to-Talk</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+49"/>
        <source>Mumble - Minimal View -- %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+62"/>
        <source>Cancel</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+305"/>
        <source>Save Image As...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+15"/>
        <source>Save Image File</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+18"/>
        <source>Could not save image: %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+418"/>
        <source>Change your comment</source>
        <translation>修改你的说明</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+41"/>
        <location line="+1484"/>
        <source>Transmit Mode set to Voice Activity</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-1479"/>
        <location line="+1483"/>
        <source>Transmit Mode set to Push-to-Talk</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-1332"/>
        <source>&lt;p&gt;Connected users: %1/%2&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+15"/>
        <source>UDP Statistics</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>To Server</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>From Server</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Good</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Late</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Lost</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Resync</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>&lt;h2&gt;Audio bandwidth&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;Maximum %1 kbit/s&lt;br /&gt;Current %2 kbit/s&lt;br /&gt;Codec: %3&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Mumble Server Information</source>
        <translation>Mumble 服务器信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <location line="+1524"/>
        <source>&amp;View Certificate</source>
        <translation>显示证书(&amp;V)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-1230"/>
        <location line="+19"/>
        <source>Enter reason</source>
        <translation>输入原因</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+22"/>
        <source>Sending message to %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+12"/>
        <location line="+103"/>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <location line="+266"/>
        <location line="+611"/>
        <source>To %1: %2</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-984"/>
        <location line="+107"/>
        <source>Message to %1</source>
        <translation>发送消息给 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-64"/>
        <source>Are you sure you want to reset the comment of user %1?</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+16"/>
        <source>Are you sure you want to reset the avatar of user %1?</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+232"/>
        <source>Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels?</source>
        <translation>你确定要删除 %1 及其所有子频道？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+71"/>
        <source>Sending message to channel %1</source>
        <translation>发送信息到频道%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+9"/>
        <source>Message to tree %1</source>
        <translation>信息到树 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>To %1 (Tree): %2</source>
        <oldsource>(Tree) %1: %2</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+173"/>
        <source>Unmuted and undeafened.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Unmuted.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Muted.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+31"/>
        <source>Muted and deafened.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Deafened.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Undeafened.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+47"/>
        <source>Restart Mumble?</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Some settings will only apply after a restart of Mumble. Restart Mumble now?</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+51"/>
        <source>About Qt</source>
        <translation>关于 Qt</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+469"/>
        <source>SSL Verification failed: %1</source>
        <translation>SSL认证失败：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>&lt;li&gt;Server certificate digest (SHA-1):	%1&lt;/li&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;WARNING:&lt;/b&gt; The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+34"/>
        <source>This server is using an older encryption standard, and is no longer supported by modern versions of Mumble.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <location line="+59"/>
        <source>Server connection failed: %1.</source>
        <translation>连接服务器失败：%1。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-57"/>
        <source>Disconnected from server.</source>
        <translation>断开到服务器的连接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+11"/>
        <location filename="Messages.cpp" line="+70"/>
        <source>Invalid username</source>
        <translation>无效的用户名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>You connected with an invalid username, please try another one.</source>
        <translation>你以一个无效的用户名连接，请尝试其他用户名。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <location filename="Messages.cpp" line="+3"/>
        <source>Username in use</source>
        <translation>用户名已被使用</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>That username is already in use, please try another username.</source>
        <translation>此用户名已经被使用，请尝试其他用户名。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <location filename="Messages.cpp" line="+3"/>
        <source>Wrong certificate or password</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Wrong certificate or password for registered user. If you are
certain this user is protected by a password please retry.
Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source>
        <translation>已注册用户的证书或者密码错误。如果你确实输入了一个被密码保护的用户名，请重试。否则请退出并查看你的证书和用户名。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <location filename="Messages.cpp" line="+3"/>
        <source>Wrong password</source>
        <translation>密码错误</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-2238"/>
        <location line="+2450"/>
        <source>Images (*.png *.jpg *.jpeg)</source>
        <translation>图像 (*.png *.jpg *.jpeg)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="MainWindow.ui"/>
        <source>C&amp;onfigure</source>
        <translation>配置(&amp;o)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Help</source>
        <translation>帮助(&amp;H)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Log</source>
        <translation>记录</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.&lt;br /&gt;To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the &lt;b&gt;Settings&lt;/b&gt; command from the menu.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Quit Mumble</source>
        <translation>退出 Mumble (&amp;Q)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Closes the program</source>
        <translation>关闭程序</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Exits the application.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ctrl+Q</source>
        <translation>Ctrl+Q</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Open the server connection dialog</source>
        <translation>打开一个服务器连接对话框</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Disconnect</source>
        <translation>断开连接(&amp;D)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Disconnect from server</source>
        <translation>断开到服务器的连接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Disconnects you from the server.</source>
        <translation>断开你到服务器的连接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show information about the server connection</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will show extended information about the connection to the server.</source>
        <translation>显示服务器连接的扩展信息。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Mute</source>
        <translation>关闭麦克风(&amp;M)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Deafen</source>
        <translation>关闭扬声器(&amp;D)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Local Mute</source>
        <translation>关闭本地麦克风(&amp;L)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Send a Text Message</source>
        <translation>发送一个文字信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Sends a text message to another user.</source>
        <translation>发送一个文字信息给其他用户。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add new channel</source>
        <translation>添加一个新的频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel.</source>
        <translation>在当前所选频道下添加一个新的子频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove channel</source>
        <translation>删除频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This removes a channel and all sub-channels.</source>
        <translation>删除一个频道和所有子频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Edit Groups and ACL for channel</source>
        <translation>编辑频道的分组和ACL</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions.</source>
        <translation>打开频道的分组和ACL对话框，控制属性。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Link</source>
        <translation>连接(&amp;L)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Link your channel to another channel</source>
        <translation>将你的频道链接到其他频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This is the chatbar&lt;br /&gt;If you enter text here and then press enter the text is sent to the user or channel that was selected. If nothing is selected the message is sent to your current channel.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Chatbar</source>
        <translation>聊天栏</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick-connect.</source>
        <translation>显示一个已注册的服务器的对话框，而且可以进行快速连接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Kick user (with reason)</source>
        <translation>踢出用户(包含原因)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Kick selected user off server. You&apos;ll be asked to specify a reason.</source>
        <translation>将选择的用户踢出服务器。你将被要求输入一个原因。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mute user</source>
        <translation>关闭用户麦克风</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mute or unmute user on server. Unmuting a deafened user will also undeafen them.</source>
        <translation>关闭或者打开服务器上用户的麦克风。打开一个关闭了扬声器的用户的麦克风时也会同时打开他的扬声器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Kick and ban user (with reason)</source>
        <translation>踢出并且Ban 用户(包含原因)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Kick and ban selected user from server. You&apos;ll be asked to specify a reason.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Deafen user</source>
        <translation>关闭用户扬声器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Deafen or undeafen user on server. Deafening a user will also mute them.</source>
        <translation>从服务器上关闭用户的扬声器。关闭一个用户的扬声器也会同时关闭他的麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mute user locally</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mute or unmute user locally. Use this on other users in the same room.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This links your current channel to the selected channel. If users in a channel have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link.</source>
        <oldsource>This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link.</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Unlink</source>
        <comment>Channel</comment>
        <translation>取消链接(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Unlink your channel from another channel</source>
        <translation>取消你的频道到其他频道的链接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel.</source>
        <translation>取消你的频道到所选频道的链接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Unlinks your channel from all linked channels.</source>
        <translation>取消从你的频道到所有已链接频道的链接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels.</source>
        <translation>取消从你的频道到所有已经链接的频道(不仅是选择的一个)的链接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Reset</source>
        <translation>重置(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reset audio preprocessor</source>
        <translation>重置音频预处理程序</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Mute Self</source>
        <translation>关闭自己麦克风(&amp;M)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mute yourself</source>
        <translation>关闭自己的麦克风</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen.</source>
        <translation>打开或关闭你的麦克风。当关闭时你将不会向服务器发送任何数据。打开麦克风时也将同时打开扬声器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Deafen Self</source>
        <translation>关闭自己的扬声器(&amp;D)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Deafen yourself</source>
        <translation>关闭自己的扬声器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Text-To-Speech</source>
        <translation>语音播报(&amp;T)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Toggle Text-To-Speech</source>
        <translation>切换语音播报</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Display audio statistics</source>
        <translation>显示音频统计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input.</source>
        <translation>弹出一个关于你当前音频输入的小对话框。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Forcibly unlink plugin</source>
        <translation>强制取消插件的链接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data.</source>
        <translation>取消当前插件的链接。当插件数据读取错误时非常方便。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Configure Mumble</source>
        <translation>配置 Mumble</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Allows you to change most settings for Mumble.</source>
        <translation>允许你改变Mumble的大多数设置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Start the audio configuration wizard</source>
        <translation>开始音频配置向导</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware.</source>
        <translation>这将指导你配置你的音频硬件。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;What&apos;s This?</source>
        <translation>这是什么(&amp;W)？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enter What&apos;s This? mode</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Click this to enter &quot;What&apos;s This?&quot; mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Information about Mumble</source>
        <translation>关于 Mumble 的信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble.</source>
        <translation>显示一个包含了Mumble 信息和许可的对话框。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Information about Speex</source>
        <translation>关于 Speex 的信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shows a small dialog with information about Speex.</source>
        <translation>显示一个关于Speex的小对话框。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Information about Qt</source>
        <translation>关于 QT 的信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shows a small dialog with information about Qt.</source>
        <translation>显示一个关于 QT 的信息的小对话框。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Check for &amp;Updates</source>
        <translation>检查更新(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Check for new version of Mumble</source>
        <translation>检查 Mumble 的新版本</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case.</source>
        <translation>连接到Mumble主页查找是否有可用的新版本，并以提示的方式发送下载地址。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Sends a text message to all users in a channel.</source>
        <translation>发送文字信息给频道中的所有人。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Configure certificates for strong authentication</source>
        <translation>设置证书为强验证模式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This starts the wizard for creating, importing and exporting certificates for authentication against servers.</source>
        <translation>开始证书向导，导入或者到处服务器验证的证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Register user on server</source>
        <translation>主儿测用户到服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will permanently register the user on the server.</source>
        <translation>将永久注册用户到服务器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add &amp;Friend</source>
        <translation>添加好友(&amp;F)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Adds a user as your friend.</source>
        <translation>添加一个用户为你的好友。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will add the user as a friend, so you can recognize him on this and other servers.</source>
        <translation>这将添加一个用户为你的好友，以便你可以在这个服务器和其他服务器找到他。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Remove Friend</source>
        <translation>删除好友(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Removes a user from your friends.</source>
        <translation>从你的好友中删除一个用户。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will remove a user from your friends list.</source>
        <translation>将一个用户从你的好友列表删除。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Update Friend</source>
        <translation>更新好友(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Update name of your friend.</source>
        <translation>更新好友的名字。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Your friend uses a different name than what is in your database. This will update the name.</source>
        <translation>你的好用使用了一个和你的数据库中不同的名字。这将更新这个名字。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Edit registered users list</source>
        <translation>编辑已注册用户列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This opens the editor for registered users, which allow you to change their name or unregister them.</source>
        <translation>打开一个已注册用户的编辑器，允许你改变已注册用户的名称或者取消他们的注册。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add or remove text-based access tokens</source>
        <translation>添加或删除一个基于字母的令牌</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Minimal View</source>
        <translation>简洁视图(&amp;M)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Toggle minimal window modes</source>
        <translation>切换简洁视图模式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden.</source>
        <translation>切换到简洁视图模式，记录窗口和菜单将被隐藏。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="Messages.cpp" line="+408"/>
        <source>You muted and deafened %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>You unmuted and undeafened %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+11"/>
        <source>You undeafened %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>You suppressed %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>%1 muted and deafened by %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 unmuted and undeafened by %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+11"/>
        <source>%1 undeafened by %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>%1 suppressed by %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-218"/>
        <source>%1 moved to %2.</source>
        <translation>%1 移动到 %2 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+12"/>
        <source>%1 moved to %2 by %3.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-2"/>
        <source>%1 moved in from %2 by %3.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+52"/>
        <source>%1 is now muted and deafened.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-296"/>
        <source>Your account information can not be verified currently. Please try again later</source>
        <translation>您的帐户信息目前无法确认，请稍候重试</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+20"/>
        <location line="+55"/>
        <source>Welcome message: %1</source>
        <translation>欢迎信息： %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-17"/>
        <source>Mumble: %1</source>
        <translation>Mumble ：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+42"/>
        <source>You were denied %1 privileges in %2.</source>
        <translation>你在 %2 的%1 权限被拒绝。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%3 was denied %1 privileges in %2.</source>
        <translation>%3 在 %2 的%1 权限被拒绝。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Denied: Cannot modify SuperUser.</source>
        <translation>拒绝：无法修改超级用户。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Denied: Invalid channel name.</source>
        <translation>拒绝：无效的频道名称。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Denied: Text message too long.</source>
        <translation>拒绝：文本消息太长。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+22"/>
        <source>Denied: Operation not permitted in temporary channel.</source>
        <translation>拒绝：操作不允许用于临时频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>You need a certificate to perform this operation.</source>
        <translation>你需要认证才能执行该操作。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 does not have a certificate.</source>
        <translation>%1 没有证书。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Invalid username: %1.</source>
        <translation>无效的用户名： %1 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Invalid username.</source>
        <translation>无效的用户名。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Channel is full.</source>
        <translation>频道已满。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Channel nesting limit reached.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Channel count limit reached. Need to delete channels before creating new ones.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>Permission denied.</source>
        <translation>权限被拒绝。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+32"/>
        <source>%1 connected and entered channel.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 connected.</source>
        <translation>%1 上线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+93"/>
        <source>%1 is now muted.</source>
        <translation>%1 关闭了麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 is now unmuted.</source>
        <translation>%1 打开了麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+11"/>
        <source>Recording started</source>
        <translation>开始录音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Recording stopped</source>
        <translation>录音结束</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>%1 started recording.</source>
        <translation>%1 开始录音。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 stopped recording.</source>
        <translation>%1 结束了录音。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+10"/>
        <source>You revoked your priority speaker status.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>You assumed priority speaker status.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>%1 revoked your priority speaker status.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 gave you priority speaker status.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>You revoked priority speaker status for %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>You gave priority speaker status to %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>%1 revoked own priority speaker status.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 assumed priority speaker status.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>%1 revoked priority speaker status for %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 gave priority speaker status to %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+21"/>
        <source>You were unmuted and undeafened by %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>You were muted by %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>You were undeafened by %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>You were suppressed.</source>
        <oldsource>You were suppressed by %1.</oldsource>
        <translation>你被禁止。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>You were unsuppressed.</source>
        <translation>你被解禁。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>You were unsuppressed by %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-173"/>
        <source>You joined %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+13"/>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>You moved %1 to %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+12"/>
        <source>%1 is recording</source>
        <translation>%1 正在录音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+12"/>
        <source>%1 renamed to %2 by %3.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+240"/>
        <source>%1 disconnected.</source>
        <translation>%1 离线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+115"/>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Server</source>
        <comment>message from</comment>
        <translation>服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>(Tree) </source>
        <translation>(树) </translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>(Channel) </source>
        <translation>(频道) </translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>(Private) </source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>%2%1: %3</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+201"/>
        <source>The server requests minimum client version %1</source>
        <translation>服务器至少要求客户端版本 %1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>The server requests positional audio be enabled.</source>
        <translation>服务器要求开启位置音频。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>The server requests positional audio be disabled.</source>
        <translation>服务器禁止使用位置音频。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>The server requests Push-to-Talk be enabled.</source>
        <translation>服务器要求使用按键发言。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>The server requests Push-to-Talk be disabled.</source>
        <translation>服务器禁止使用按键发言。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-464"/>
        <source>You were unmuted by %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+29"/>
        <source>You muted %1.</source>
        <translation>你关闭了 %1 的麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+16"/>
        <source>You unsuppressed %1.</source>
        <translation>你解除了 %1 的禁止。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-14"/>
        <source>You unmuted %1.</source>
        <translation>你打开了 %1 的麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+25"/>
        <source>%1 muted by %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+16"/>
        <source>%1 unsuppressed by %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-14"/>
        <source>%1 unmuted by %2.</source>
        <translation>%2 打开了 %1 麦克风。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+367"/>
        <source>Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be able to talk to all users.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-433"/>
        <source>You were muted and deafened by %1.</source>
        <oldsource>You were deafened by %1.</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+120"/>
        <source>You were kicked from the server by %1: %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>%3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-7"/>
        <source>You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>%3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-270"/>
        <source>You were moved to %1 by %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>%1 entered channel.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-225"/>
        <source>Server connection rejected: %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+162"/>
        <source>Denied: %1.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+98"/>
        <source>%1 renamed to %2.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+235"/>
        <source>%1 left channel and disconnected.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+132"/>
        <source>Message from %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserModel.cpp" line="+1391"/>
        <source>You have User Dragging set to &quot;Do Nothing&quot; so the user wasn&apos;t moved.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+21"/>
        <source>You have Channel Dragging set to &quot;Do Nothing&quot; so the channel wasn&apos;t moved.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="main.cpp" line="-354"/>
        <source>Remote controlling Mumble:

</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-26"/>
        <source>Usage: mumble [options] [&lt;url&gt;]

&lt;url&gt; specifies a URL to connect to after startup instead of showing
the connection window, and has the following form:
mumble://[&lt;username&gt;[:&lt;password&gt;]@]&lt;host&gt;[:&lt;port&gt;][/&lt;channel&gt;[/&lt;subchannel&gt;...]][?version=&lt;x.y.z&gt;]

The version query parameter has to be set in order to invoke the
correct client version. It currently defaults to 1.2.0.

Valid options are:
  -h, --help    Show this help text and exit.
  -m, --multiple
                Allow multiple instances of the client to be started.
  -n, --noidentity
                Suppress loading of identity files (i.e., certificates.)
  -jn, --jackname
                Set custom Jack client name.
  --license
                Show the Mumble license.
  --authors
                Show the Mumble authors.
  --third-party-licenses
                Show licenses for third-party software used by Mumble.

</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+30"/>
        <source>Usage: mumble rpc &lt;action&gt; [options]

It is possible to remote control a running instance of Mumble by using
the 'mumble rpc' command.

Valid actions are:
  mute
                Mute self
  unmute
                Unmute self
  togglemute
                Toggle self-mute status
  deaf
                Deafen self
  undeaf
                Undeafen self
  toggledeaf
                Toggle self-deafen status

</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+28"/>
        <source>Invocation</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+28"/>
        <source>Error: No RPC command specified</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>RPC</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+227"/>
        <source>Welcome to Mumble.</source>
        <translation>欢迎使用Mumble。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+76"/>
        <source>Skipping version check in debug mode.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="MainWindow.ui"/>
        <source>Hide Frame</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Toggle showing frame on minimal window</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Unlink All</source>
        <translation>取消所有链接(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reset the comment of the selected user.</source>
        <translation>重置所选用户的说明。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Join Channel</source>
        <translation>加入频道(&amp;J)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>View comment in editor</source>
        <translation>在编辑器里查看说明</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Query server for connection information for user</source>
        <translation>确认用户的服务器连接信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>S&amp;erver</source>
        <translation>服务器(&amp;e)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Self</source>
        <translation>自己(&amp;S)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Unlink Plugins</source>
        <translation>关闭插件(&amp;U)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Register yourself on the server</source>
        <translation>将你自己注册到服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Change your avatar image on this server</source>
        <translation>修改你在这个服务器上的头像</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Remove Avatar</source>
        <translation>删除头像(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove currently defined avatar image.</source>
        <translation>删除当前偶像图片。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Icon Toolbar</source>
        <translation>工具栏图标</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Change your own comment</source>
        <translation>修改你自己的说明</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Recording</source>
        <translation>录音</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Priority Speaker</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Copy URL</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Copies a link to this channel to the clipboard.</source>
        <translation>将这个频道的链接复制到剪切板。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ignore Messages</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Locally ignore user&apos;s text chat messages.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Silently drops all text messages from the user.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Edit ban list on server</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This lets you edit the server-side IP ban list.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Filter on/off</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Toggle the channel filter (Ctrl+F)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable or disable the filtering of select channels.
By default all empty channels will be filtered.
You can mark additional channels for filtering from
the channel&apos;s context menu.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ctrl+F</source>
        <translation>Ctrl+F</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Hide Channel when Filtering</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reset the avatar of the selected user.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Locally adjust the user&apos;s speech volume.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Opens a dialog with a volume slider. Use this on other users in the same room.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="MainWindow.cpp" line="-3067"/>
        <source>&amp;Developer</source>
        <translation>开发者(&amp;D)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="MainWindow.ui"/>
        <source>&amp;Hide Mumble</source>
        <translation>隐藏Mumble(&amp;H)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Hides the main Mumble window.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Hides the main Mumble window. Restore by clicking on the tray icon or starting Mumble again.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show the Developer Console</source>
        <translation>显示开发者控制台</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Shows the Mumble Developer Console, where Mumble&apos;s log output can be inspected.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Connect...</source>
        <translation>连接…(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Ban list...</source>
        <translation>封禁名单…(&amp;B)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Information...</source>
        <translation>服务器信息…(&amp;I)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Kick...</source>
        <translation>踢出(&amp;K)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Ban...</source>
        <translation>封禁(&amp;B)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Local Volume Adjustment...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Send &amp;Message...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Add...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Remove...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Edit...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Audio S&amp;tatistics...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Settings...</source>
        <translation>设置…(&amp;S)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Audio Wizard...</source>
        <translation>语音向导(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Developer &amp;Console...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;About...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>About &amp;Speex...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>About &amp;Qt...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Certificate Wizard...</source>
        <translation>证书向导(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Register...</source>
        <translation>注册(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Registered &amp;Users...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Change &amp;Avatar...</source>
        <translation>修改头像(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Access Tokens...</source>
        <translation>令牌(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reset &amp;Comment...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reset &amp;Avatar...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>View Comment...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Change Comment...</source>
        <translation>修改说明(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>R&amp;egister...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>Manual</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ManualPlugin.ui"/>
        <source>Manual Mumble Positional Audio</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Position</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>X</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Y</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Z</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>m</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Heading</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Azimuth</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Elevation</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>°</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Meta data</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Context</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Identity</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Set</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>State</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Linked</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Activated</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Unhinge</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>NetworkConfig</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="NetworkConfig.cpp" line="+29"/>
        <source>Network</source>
        <translation>网络</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+36"/>
        <source>Updates are mandatory when using snapshot releases.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="NetworkConfig.ui"/>
        <source>Connection</source>
        <translation>连接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use TCP compatibility mode</source>
        <oldsource>Use TCP compatability mode</oldsource>
        <translation>使用 TCP 兼容模式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Enable TCP compatibility mode&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control).</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;开启 TCP 兼容模式&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;设置Mumble仅使用TCP和服务器通信。这将会增加开销并且减少通信过程中的数据丢失情况，所以仅在无法使用默认模式 ( UDP通话，TCP控制) 的情况下使用。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reconnect when disconnected</source>
        <translation>当连接断开时重新连接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Reconnect when disconnected&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;当连接断开时重新连接&lt;/b&gt;。&lt;br /&gt;如果你和服务器的连接失败，Mumble将在 10 秒后自动重新连接。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reconnect automatically</source>
        <translation>自动重连</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Proxy</source>
        <translation>代理</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Type</source>
        <translation>类型</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Type of proxy to connect through</source>
        <translation>使用的代理的类型</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Direct connection</source>
        <translation>直接连接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>HTTP(S) proxy</source>
        <translation>HTTP(S) 代理</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>SOCKS5 proxy</source>
        <translation>SOCKS5 代理</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Hostname</source>
        <translation>主机名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Hostname of the proxy</source>
        <translation>代理的主机名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Force TCP mode</source>
        <translation>强制 TCP 模式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable QoS to prioritize packets</source>
        <translation>允许 QoS 优先级</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will enable QoS, which will attempt to prioritize voice packets over other traffic.</source>
        <translation>允许QoS 对即将发送的数据包根据网络状况进行优先级排序。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Use Quality of Service</source>
        <translation>使用高品质服务</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Don&apos;t send certificate to server and don&apos;t save passwords. (Not saved).</source>
        <translation>不向服务器发送证书并且不保存密码。(无法保存)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This will suppress identity information from the client.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;p&gt;The client will not identify itself with a certificate, even if defined, and will not cache passwords for connections. This is primarily a test-option and is not saved.&lt;/p&gt;</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;禁止验证客户端身份。&lt;/b&gt;客户端将无法通过证书证明他们自己，一旦设置，将不会保存连接的密码。这主要是个测试选项，并不会被保存</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Suppress certificate and password storage</source>
        <translation>不保存证书和密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Type of proxy to connect through.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;连接的代理的类型。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;这将设置Mumble连接所使用的代理的类型。注意：协议隧道将强制Mumble使用TCP兼容模式，因此所有的数据通过通过控制通道传输。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Hostname of the proxy.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;代理的主机名。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;这个区域指定你使用的代理的主机名。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Port</source>
        <translation>端口</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Port number of the proxy</source>
        <translation>该代理使用的端口号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Port number of the proxy.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;代理的端口号。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;这里指定了代理连接使用的端口号。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Username</source>
        <translation>用户名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Username for proxy authentication</source>
        <translation>代理验证所需要的用户名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Username for proxy authentication.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;代理验证所需要的用户名。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;这里填写的用户名将用于向你的代理验证你的身份。如果你所使用的代理不采用这样的方式验证或者不需要验证，请将这个区域留空。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Password</source>
        <translation>密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Password for proxy authentication</source>
        <translation>代理验证所需的密码</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Password for proxy authentication.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank.</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;代理验证所需的密码。&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;这里填写的密码将用于向你的代理验证你的身份。如果你所使用的代理不采用这样的方式验证或者不需要验证，请将这个区域留空。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mumble services</source>
        <translation>Mumble 服务</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Check for new releases of Mumble automatically.</source>
        <translation>自动检查 Mumble 更新。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will check for new releases of Mumble every time you start the program, and notify you if one is available.</source>
        <translation>当你每次启动程序时检查Mumble新版本信息，并在可用时通知你。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Check for application updates on startup</source>
        <translation>当启动时检查应用程序升级</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Check for new releases of plugins automatically.</source>
        <translation>自动检查插件更新。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This will check for new releases of plugins every time you start the program, and download them automatically.</source>
        <translation>每次打开的时候检查插件的更新并自动下载。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Submit anonymous statistics.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus its development where it is needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project</source>
        <translation>提交匿名统计给 Mumble 项目组</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Submit anonymous statistics</source>
        <translation>提交匿名统计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reconnect to last used server when starting Mumble</source>
        <translation>当 Mumble 启动时自动连接到最后使用的服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reconnect to last server on startup</source>
        <translation>启动时自动连接最后的服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Download plugin and overlay updates on startup</source>
        <translation>启动时下载插件和 overlay 更新</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Privacy</source>
        <translation>私隐</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Prevent OS information being sent to Mumble servers and web servers</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Don't send OS information to servers&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
Prevents the client from sending potentially identifying information about the operating system to the Mumble server and web servers.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Do not send OS information to Mumble servers and web servers</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>Overlay</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="OverlayEditorScene.cpp" line="+97"/>
        <location filename="OverlayUser.cpp" line="+129"/>
        <source>Silent</source>
        <translation>安静</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <location filename="OverlayUser.cpp" line="+3"/>
        <source>Talking</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <location filename="OverlayUser.cpp" line="+3"/>
        <source>Whisper</source>
        <translation>悄悄话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <location filename="OverlayUser.cpp" line="+3"/>
        <source>Shout</source>
        <translation>高喊</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+17"/>
        <location filename="OverlayUser.cpp" line="-110"/>
        <source>Channel</source>
        <translation>频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="Overlay.cpp" line="+205"/>
        <source>Failed to create communication with overlay at %2: %1. No overlay will be available.</source>
        <translation>在%2：%1 通过overlay创建通信失败。overlay无法激活。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>OverlayClient</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="OverlayUserGroup.cpp" line="+76"/>
        <source>Filter</source>
        <translation>过滤</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Only talking</source>
        <translation>仅说话时</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Talking and recently active</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>All in current channel</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>All in linked channels</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>Always show yourself</source>
        <translation>总是显示自己</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>Configure recently active time (%1 seconds)...</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Columns</source>
        <translation>列</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>Sort</source>
        <translation>排序</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Alphabetically</source>
        <translation>按字母顺序</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Last state change</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Edit...</source>
        <translation>编辑...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Reset Zoom</source>
        <translation>重置缩放</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+41"/>
        <source>Configure recently active time</source>
        <translation>设置最近激活时间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Amount of seconds users remain active after talking:</source>
        <translation>统计用户说话后保持激活的时间：</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>OverlayConfig</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="OverlayConfig.cpp" line="+80"/>
        <source>To move the users, drag the little red dot.</source>
        <translation>要移动用户列表，请拖动小红点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>To resize the users, mouse wheel over a user.</source>
        <oldsource>To resize the users, mousewheel over a user.</oldsource>
        <translation>要改变用户列表大小，请在用户列表上滚动鼠标滚轮。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>For more options, right click a user.</source>
        <oldsource>For more options, rightclick a user.</oldsource>
        <translation>需要更多选项，请在用户上点击右键。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+72"/>
        <source>Launcher Filter</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+249"/>
        <source>Overlay</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+190"/>
        <location line="+60"/>
        <location line="+76"/>
        <source>Choose executable</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-134"/>
        <location line="+60"/>
        <location line="+76"/>
        <source>Choose application</source>
        <translation>选择应用程序</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-41"/>
        <source>Choose path</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+132"/>
        <source>Load Overlay Presets</source>
        <translation>读取Overlay样式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <location line="+36"/>
        <source>Mumble overlay presets (*.mumblelay)</source>
        <translation>Mumble overlay 样式 (*.mumblelay)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-2"/>
        <source>Save Overlay Presets</source>
        <translation>保存 Overlay 样式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="Overlay.ui"/>
        <source>Options</source>
        <translation>选项</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable overlay.</source>
        <translation>启用 overlay。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable Overlay</source>
        <translation>启用 Overlay</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.&lt;br /&gt;Please note that if you start Mumble after starting the application, or if you disable the overlay while the application is running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application.</source>
        <oldsource>This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.&lt;br /&gt;Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application.</oldsource>
        <translation>设置是否启用overlay。这个设置仅在应用程序开始时检查，因此确保你开始应用程序前已经运行了Mumble并且这个选项是打开的。&lt;br /&gt;请注意如果你已经运行了Mumble和应用程序，或者你在应用程序运行期间关闭了overlay，除了重启应用程序之外，没有办法安全的重新启动overlay。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Layout</source>
        <translation>布局</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="OverlayConfig.cpp" line="-702"/>
        <source>Blacklist</source>
        <translation>黑名单</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-1"/>
        <source>Whitelist</source>
        <translation>白名单</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="Overlay.ui"/>
        <source>Uninstall Overlay</source>
        <translation>卸载 Overlay</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Overlay Installation</source>
        <translation>Overlay 安装</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mumble has detected that you do not have the Mumble Overlay installed.

Click the button below to install the overlay.</source>
        <translation>Mumble 检测到你没有安装 Mumble Overly。

点击下面的按钮安装 overlay。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Install Mumble Overlay</source>
        <translation>安装 Mumble Overlay</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Overlay Upgrade</source>
        <translation>Overlay 升级</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mumble has detected an old version of the overlay support files installed on your computer.

To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source>
        <translation>Mumble检测到你的电脑上安装了低版本的overlay支持文件。

点击下面的按钮将他们升级最新版本。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Upgrade Mumble Overlay</source>
        <translation>升级 Mumble Overlay</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Display a frame counter in the overlay</source>
        <translation>在overlay中显示帧数统计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show FPS counter</source>
        <translation>显示 FPS 统计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Load an overlay preset from file</source>
        <translation>从文件中读取 overlay 样式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Load…</source>
        <translation>读取...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Save your overlay settings to file</source>
        <translation>将你的overlay样式保存到文件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Save…</source>
        <translation>保存...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Set the overlay font.</source>
        <translation>设置 overlay 字体。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Set the overlay text color.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Color</source>
        <translation>颜色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove</source>
        <translation>删除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Font</source>
        <translation>字体</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>FPS and Clock Display</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Display a clock in the overlay showing the current local time (system time).</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show Clock</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Overlay Exceptions</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Overlay Exception Mode</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Allowed launchers</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Allowed programs</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Allowed paths</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Blacklisted programs</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>OverlayEditor</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="OverlayEditor.ui"/>
        <source>State</source>
        <translation>状态</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User is not talking</source>
        <translation>没有说话的用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Passive</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User is talking in your channel or a linked channel</source>
        <translation>在你的频道或一个连接的频道中说话的用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Talking</source>
        <translation>说话中</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User is whispering to you privately</source>
        <translation>用户正私下和你悄悄话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Private Whisper</source>
        <translation>悄悄话私聊</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User is shouting to your channel</source>
        <translation>用户正在对你的频道大喊</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Channel Whisper</source>
        <translation>频道悄悄话</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Zoom</source>
        <translation>缩放</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Zoom Factor</source>
        <translation>缩放参数</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enabled Elements</source>
        <translation>可用元素</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User avatar, chosen by each user</source>
        <translation>用户的头像，可以被每个用户选择</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Avatar</source>
        <translation>头像</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>User&apos;s name</source>
        <translation>用户的名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Username</source>
        <translation>用户名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Name of user&apos;s channel, if outside your current channel</source>
        <translation>用户的频道名称，如果不再你的当前频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Channel</source>
        <translation>频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Muted or deafened</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mute state</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Bounding box, automatically shrunk to minimum size to contain all visible elements</source>
        <translation>如果不设置背景，所有可见元素都将会最小化显示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Bounding box</source>
        <translation>背景</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Overlay Editor</source>
        <translation>Overlay编辑器</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>OverlayEditorScene</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="OverlayEditorScene.cpp" line="+397"/>
        <source>Layout preset</source>
        <translation>显示边框</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Large square avatar</source>
        <translation>高清头像</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Avatar and Name</source>
        <translation>图像及名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>User Opacity</source>
        <translation>用户不透明度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <location line="+31"/>
        <source>%1%</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-5"/>
        <source>Object Opacity</source>
        <translation>元件不透明度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+13"/>
        <source>Alignment</source>
        <translation>对齐方式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+11"/>
        <source>Left</source>
        <translation>左对齐</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <location line="+18"/>
        <source>Center</source>
        <translation>居中对齐</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-13"/>
        <source>Right</source>
        <translation>右对齐</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>Top</source>
        <translation>顶端对齐</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+10"/>
        <source>Bottom</source>
        <translation>底端对齐</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>Color...</source>
        <translation>颜色...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Font...</source>
        <translation>字体...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Bounding box</source>
        <translation>背景</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Pen width</source>
        <translation>线条宽度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Padding</source>
        <translation>间距</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Pen color</source>
        <translation>线条颜色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Fill color</source>
        <translation>填充颜色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+87"/>
        <source>Pick pen color</source>
        <translation>线条颜色(选中)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Pick fill color</source>
        <translation>填充颜色(选中)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+14"/>
        <source>Pick color</source>
        <translation>颜色(选中)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+21"/>
        <source>Pick font</source>
        <translation>字体(选中)</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>PluginConfig</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="Plugins.ui"/>
        <location filename="Plugins.cpp" line="+73"/>
        <source>Plugins</source>
        <translation>插件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="Plugins.cpp" line="+54"/>
        <source>Plugin has no configure function.</source>
        <translation>插件没有可用的设置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+19"/>
        <source>Plugin has no about function.</source>
        <translation>插件没有可用的关于。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="Plugins.ui"/>
        <source>Form</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Options</source>
        <translation>选项</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enable plugins and transmit positional information</source>
        <translation>启用插件并且发送位置信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This allows plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit it with each voice packet. This enables other users to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own.</source>
        <translation>这将允许车间支持的游戏获取你在游戏里的位置并添加到语音数据中。这允许其他用户在游戏里通过你的声音来判断你的角色和他们之间的关系。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Link to Game and Transmit Position</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Reloads all plugins</source>
        <translation>重新加载所有插件</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory.</source>
        <translation>重新检索并加载插件。当你添加或者改变了插件目录中的插件时请执行此操作。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Reload plugins</source>
        <translation>重新加载插件(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Information about plugin</source>
        <translation>插件信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows a small information message about the plugin.</source>
        <translation>显示关于插件的简要的信息。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;About</source>
        <translation>关于(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Show configuration page of plugin</source>
        <translation>显示插件的设置</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any.</source>
        <translation>显示插件的设置页面，如果可用的话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Configure</source>
        <translation>设置(&amp;C)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Name</source>
        <translation>名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Enabled</source>
        <translation>开启</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>Plugins</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="Plugins.cpp" line="+440"/>
        <source>Skipping plugin update in debug mode.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+168"/>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Downloaded new or updated plugin to %1.</source>
        <translation>下载新的或升级插件到 %1` 。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Failed to install new plugin to %1.</source>
        <translation>安装插件到 %1 失败。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-344"/>
        <source>%1 lost link.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+123"/>
        <source>%1 linked.</source>
        <translation>%1 已链接。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>PortAudioSystem</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="PAAudio.cpp" line="+280"/>
        <source>Default Device</source>
        <translation>默认设备</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>PulseAudioSystem</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="PulseAudio.cpp" line="+799"/>
        <source>Default Input</source>
        <translation>默认输入</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Default Output</source>
        <translation>默认输出</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>QApplication</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="main.cpp" line="+127"/>
        <source>Failed to restart mumble</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Mumble failed to restart itself. Please restart it manually.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>RichTextEditor</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="RichTextEditor.cpp" line="+234"/>
        <source>Failed to load image</source>
        <translation>读取图片失败</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Image file too large to embed in document. Please use images smaller than %1 kB.</source>
        <translation>图片文件太大，无法嵌入文档。请选择小于 %1 KB 的图片。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+81"/>
        <source>Message is too long.</source>
        <translation>信息太长。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="RichTextEditor.ui"/>
        <source>Display</source>
        <translation>显示</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Source Text</source>
        <translation>原文本</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Bold</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ctrl+B</source>
        <translation>Ctrl+B</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Italic</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Italic</source>
        <translation>斜体</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ctrl+I</source>
        <translation>Ctrl+I</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Underline</source>
        <translation>下划线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ctrl+U</source>
        <translation>Ctrl+U</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Color</source>
        <translation>颜色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Insert Link</source>
        <translation>插入链接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ctrl+L</source>
        <translation>Ctrl+L</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Insert Image</source>
        <translation>插入图片</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>RichTextEditorLink</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="RichTextEditorLink.ui"/>
        <source>Add Link</source>
        <translation>添加链接</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>URL</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Text</source>
        <translation>文字</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ServerHandler</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ServerHandler.cpp" line="+299"/>
        <source>Unable to resolve hostname</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+173"/>
        <source>Server is not responding to TCP pings</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+84"/>
        <source>UDP packets cannot be sent to or received from the server. Switching to TCP mode.</source>
        <translation>UDP数据包无法发送至服务器或从服务器接收。切换为TCP模式。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode.</source>
        <translation>UDP数据包无法发送至服务器。切换为TCP模式。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode.</source>
        <translation>无法从服务器接收UDP数据包。切换至TCP模式。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>UDP packets can be sent to and received from the server. Switching back to UDP mode.</source>
        <translation>可以从服务器接收UDP包及发送UDP数据至服务器。切换回UDP模式。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+53"/>
        <source>Connection timed out</source>
        <translation>连接超时</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ServerView</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="-753"/>
        <source>Favorite</source>
        <translation>收藏夹</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>LAN</source>
        <translation>本地局域网(LAN)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+9"/>
        <source>Public Internet</source>
        <translation>公共服务器</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>Africa</source>
        <translation>非洲</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Asia</source>
        <translation>亚洲</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>North America</source>
        <translation>北美</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>South America</source>
        <translation>南美</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Europe</source>
        <translation>欧洲</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Oceania</source>
        <translation>大洋州</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ShortcutActionWidget</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="GlobalShortcut.cpp" line="-615"/>
        <source>Unassigned</source>
        <translation>未赋值</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ShortcutDelegate</name>
    <message>
        <location line="+363"/>
        <source>On</source>
        <translation>打开</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Off</source>
        <translation>关闭</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Toggle</source>
        <translation>切换</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Unassigned</source>
        <translation>未赋值</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ShortcutKeyWidget</name>
    <message>
        <location line="-437"/>
        <source>Press Shortcut</source>
        <translation>按下快捷键</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ShortcutTargetDialog</name>
    <message>
        <location line="+193"/>
        <source>Root</source>
        <translation>根</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Parent</source>
        <translation>父级</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Current</source>
        <translation>当前</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Subchannel #%1</source>
        <translation>子频道 #%1</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ShortcutTargetWidget</name>
    <message>
        <location line="+85"/>
        <source>...</source>
        <translation>...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+41"/>
        <source>, </source>
        <translation>,</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Root</source>
        <translation>根</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Parent</source>
        <translation>父级</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Current</source>
        <translation>当前</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Subchannel #%1</source>
        <translation>子频道 #%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+7"/>
        <source>Invalid</source>
        <translation>无效</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Empty</source>
        <oldsource>&lt;Empty&gt;</oldsource>
        <translation>空</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ShortcutToggleWidget</name>
    <message>
        <location line="-271"/>
        <source>Off</source>
        <translation>关闭</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>Toggle</source>
        <translation>切换</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>On</source>
        <translation>打开</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>TextMessage</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="TextMessage.h" line="+20"/>
        <source>Enter text</source>
        <translation>输入文字</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="TextMessage.ui"/>
        <source>If checked the message is recursively sent to all subchannels</source>
        <translation>选择以将信息发送到所有子频道</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Send recursively to subchannels</source>
        <translation>发送至所有子频道</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>Tokens</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="Tokens.cpp" line="+42"/>
        <source>Empty Token</source>
        <translation>空令牌</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="Tokens.ui"/>
        <source>Mumble - Access Tokens</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>List of access tokens on current server</source>
        <translation>当前服务器上的有效令牌列表</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;This is an editable list of access tokens on the connected server.&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simple access management on channels. Mumble will remember the tokens you've used and resend them to the server next time you reconnect, so you don't have to enter these every time.
</source>
        <translation>&lt;b&gt;这是一个可编辑的列表，里面是可以用于连接服务器的令牌。&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一个令牌是即使一串字母，像密码一样使用，使得管理频道登陆变得简单。Mumble可将将记忆你使用过得令牌，并在你下次连接的时候使用，所以并不需要重复输入。
</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Add a token</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Add</source>
        <translation>添加(&amp;A)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Remove a token</source>
        <translation>删除一个记号</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Remove</source>
        <translation>删除(&amp;R)</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>UserEdit</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserEdit.ui"/>
        <source>Registered Users</source>
        <translation>已注册用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <location filename="UserEdit.cpp" line="+103"/>
        <source>Remove</source>
        <translation>删除</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <location filename="UserEdit.cpp" line="-7"/>
        <source>Rename</source>
        <translation>重命名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Who are you looking for?</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Days</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Weeks</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Months</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Years</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Inactive for</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message numerus="yes">
        <location filename="UserEdit.cpp" line="-68"/>
        <source>Registered users: %n account(s)</source>
        <translation><numerusform>已注册用户: 共%n个</numerusform></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>UserInformation</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserInformation.ui"/>
        <source>User Information</source>
        <translation>用户信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Connection Information</source>
        <translation>连接信息</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Version</source>
        <translation>版本</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>OS</source>
        <translation>操作系统</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Certificate</source>
        <translation>证书</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>IP Address</source>
        <translation>IP 地址</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>CELT Versions</source>
        <translation>CELT 版本</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Details...</source>
        <translation>详细...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ping Statistics</source>
        <translation>Ping 统计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Pings received</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Average ping</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>TCP (Control)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>UDP (Voice)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>UDP Network statistics</source>
        <translation>UDP Network 统计</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Good</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Late</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Lost</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Resync</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>From Client</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>To Client</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Connection time</source>
        <translation>连接时间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserInformation.cpp" line="+83"/>
        <source>%1w</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1d</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1h</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1m</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>%1s</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+33"/>
        <location line="+39"/>
        <source>, </source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-13"/>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>%1 (%2)</source>
        <oldsource>%1.%2.%3 (%4)</oldsource>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+15"/>
        <source>Supported</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>Not Supported</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-123"/>
        <source>Not Reported</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+164"/>
        <source>%1 online (%2 idle)</source>
        <translation>%1 在线（%2 空闲）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>%1 online</source>
        <translation>%1 在线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>%1 kbit/s</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserInformation.ui"/>
        <source>Bandwidth</source>
        <comment>GroupBox</comment>
        <translation>带宽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Bandwidth</source>
        <comment>Label</comment>
        <translation>带宽</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Ping deviation</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>UserListModel</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserListModel.cpp" line="+58"/>
        <source>Nick</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Inactive days</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Last channel</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+29"/>
        <source>Last seen: %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Never</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Channel ID: %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>UserLocalVolumeDialog</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserLocalVolumeDialog.ui"/>
        <source>Local volume for other users</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;b&gt;Adjust the volume of other users locally&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mumble supports adjusting the volume of other users locally.</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserLocalVolumeDialog.cpp" line="+53"/>
        <source>Adjusting local volume for %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserLocalVolumeDialog.ui"/>
        <source> dB</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use the slider or the text box to change the volume of the user.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight:600;&quot;&gt;Attention!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Increasing the volume of a user too much can permanently damage your hearing. It may also increase the background noise of the user.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>UserModel</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="UserModel.cpp" line="-836"/>
        <source>This is a user connected to the server. The icon to the left of the user indicates whether or not they are talking:</source>
        <translation>这是一个连接到服务器的用户。用户左边的图标表明他们是否正在说话：</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Talking to your channel.</source>
        <translation>正在对你的频道说话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Shouting directly to your channel.</source>
        <oldsource>Whispering directly to your channel.</oldsource>
        <translation>直接对你的频道大喊。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Whispering directly to you.</source>
        <translation>直接对你说悄悄话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Not talking.</source>
        <translation>没有说话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>This is a channel on the server. The icon indicates the state of the channel:</source>
        <translation>这是服务器上的一个频道。图标显示了频道的状态：</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Your current channel.</source>
        <translation>你当前所在的频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>A channel that is linked with your channel. Linked channels can talk to each other.</source>
        <translation>一个链接到你的频道的频道。被链接的频道相互之间可以通话。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>A channel on the server that you are not linked to.</source>
        <translation>服务器上的一个你没有链接到的频道。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+18"/>
        <source>This shows the flags the user has on the server, if any:</source>
        <translation>显示在这个服务器上的用户的标识，如果有的话：</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>On your friend list</source>
        <translation>在你的好友列表里</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Authenticated user</source>
        <translation>认证的用户</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Muted (manually muted by self)</source>
        <translation>麦克风关闭(用户自己设置)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Muted (manually muted by admin)</source>
        <translation>麦克风关闭(被管理员设置)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Muted (not allowed to speak in current channel)</source>
        <translation>麦克风关闭(不允许在当前频道说话)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Muted (muted by you, only on your machine)</source>
        <translation>麦克风关闭(被你关闭，仅对你的机器有效)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Muted (push-to-mute)</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Deafened (by self)</source>
        <translation>扬声器关闭(被自己)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Deafened (by admin)</source>
        <translation>扬声器关闭(被管理员)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User has a new comment set (click to show)</source>
        <translation>用户设置了一个新的说明(点击查看)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>User has a comment set, which you&apos;ve already seen. (click to show)</source>
        <translation>用户设置了一个说明，你已经看过了。(点击查看)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Ignoring Text Messages</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>This shows the flags the channel has, if any:</source>
        <translation>显示频道的标记，如果有的话：</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Channel has a new comment set (click to show)</source>
        <translation>频道被设置了一个新的说明(点击查看)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Channel has a comment set, which you&apos;ve already seen. (click to show)</source>
        <translation>频道有说明，你已经看过了。(点击查看)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Channel will be hidden when filtering is enabled</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+18"/>
        <source>Name</source>
        <translation>名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Flags</source>
        <translation>标识</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+726"/>
        <source>Are you sure you want to drag this user?</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+21"/>
        <source>Are you sure you want to drag this channel?</source>
        <translation>你确定要移动这个频道？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+94"/>
        <location line="+20"/>
        <source>Cannot perform this movement automatically, please reset the numeric sorting indicators or adjust it manually.</source>
        <translation>无法自动移动到这个位置，请重新调整编号顺序。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>VersionCheck</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="VersionCheck.cpp" line="+118"/>
        <source>Upgrade Mumble</source>
        <translation>升级 Mumble</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>A new version of Mumble has been detected and automatically downloaded. It is recommended that you either upgrade to this version, or downgrade to the latest stable release. Do you want to launch the installer now?</source>
        <translation>检测并自动下载新版本的Mumble。推荐你升级到这个版本或者降级至下一个发行版。是否现在运行安装程序？</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+15"/>
        <source>Failed to launch snapshot installer.</source>
        <translation>运行安装快照版本失败。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+5"/>
        <source>Corrupt download of new version detected. Automatically removed.</source>
        <translation>下载新版本失败。自动删除。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+23"/>
        <source>Downloading new snapshot from %1 to %2</source>
        <translation>从 %1 下载新的快照版本到 %2</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+14"/>
        <source>Failed to write new version to disk.</source>
        <oldsource>Failed to write new version to disc.</oldsource>
        <translation>将新版本写入到硬盘失败。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+10"/>
        <source>Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the central server.</source>
        <translation>从核心服务器获取 Mumble 版本信息失败。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ViewCert</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="ViewCert.cpp" line="+57"/>
        <source>Certificate Chain Details</source>
        <translation>证书链详情</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+6"/>
        <source>Certificate chain</source>
        <translation>证书链</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+9"/>
        <source>Certificate details</source>
        <translation>证书详情</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+36"/>
        <location line="+40"/>
        <source>Common Name</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-39"/>
        <location line="+40"/>
        <source>Organization</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-39"/>
        <source>Subunit</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <location line="+40"/>
        <source>Country</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-39"/>
        <location line="+40"/>
        <source>Locality</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-39"/>
        <location line="+40"/>
        <source>State</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="-39"/>
        <source>Valid from: %1</source>
        <translation>有效期始于：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Valid to: %1</source>
        <translation>有效期止于：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Serial: %1</source>
        <translation>序列号：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Public Key: %1 bits %2</source>
        <translation>公钥：%1 bits %2</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>RSA</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+0"/>
        <source>DSA</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Digest (SHA-1): %1</source>
        <translation>摘要(SHA-1)：%1</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>Digest (SHA-256): %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+14"/>
        <source>Email: %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+4"/>
        <source>DNS: %1</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+9"/>
        <source>Issued by:</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>Unit Name</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>VoiceRecorder</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="VoiceRecorder.cpp" line="+262"/>
        <source>Recorder failed to create directory &apos;%1&apos;</source>
        <translation>录音机创建目录‘%1’失败</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+14"/>
        <source>Recorder failed to open file &apos;%1&apos;</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+166"/>
        <source>.wav - Uncompressed</source>
        <translation>.wav —— 未压缩</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>.ogg (Vorbis) - Compressed</source>
        <translation>.ogg (Vorbis) —— 压缩</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+3"/>
        <source>.au - Uncompressed</source>
        <translation>.au —— 未压缩</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+2"/>
        <source>.flac - Lossless compressed</source>
        <translation>.flac —— 无损压缩</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>VoiceRecorderDialog</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="VoiceRecorderDialog.ui"/>
        <location filename="VoiceRecorderDialog.cpp" line="+108"/>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <location line="+10"/>
        <location line="+9"/>
        <location line="+141"/>
        <source>Recorder</source>
        <translation>录音机</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Control</source>
        <translation>控制</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>00:00:00</source>
        <translation>00:00:00</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Start</source>
        <translation>开始(&amp;S)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <location filename="VoiceRecorderDialog.cpp" line="-21"/>
        <source>S&amp;top</source>
        <translation>停止(&amp;t)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Mode</source>
        <translation>模式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Multichannel</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Output</source>
        <translation>输出</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Output format</source>
        <translation>输出格式</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Target directory</source>
        <translation>目标目录</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Filename</source>
        <translation>文件名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>&amp;Browse...</source>
        <translation>浏览(&amp;B)...</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="VoiceRecorderDialog.cpp" line="-210"/>
        <source>Valid variables are:</source>
        <translation>无效的变量：</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Inserts the user&apos;s name</source>
        <translation>插入用户名称</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Inserts the current date</source>
        <translation>插入当前日期</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Inserts the current time</source>
        <translation>插入当前时间</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Inserts the hostname</source>
        <translation>插入主机名</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+26"/>
        <source>Recorder still running</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+1"/>
        <source>Closing the recorder without stopping it will discard unwritten audio. Do you really want to close the recorder?</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+33"/>
        <source>Unable to start recording. Not connected to a server.</source>
        <translation>无法开始录音。没有连接到一个服务器。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+8"/>
        <source>The server you are currently connected to is version 1.2.2 or older. For privacy reasons, recording on servers of versions older than 1.2.3 is not possible.
Please contact your server administrator for further information.</source>
        <translation>当前连接的服务器版本为1.2.2或更低版本。由于这个原因，在低于1.2.3版本的服务器上无法录音。
请联系你的服务器管理员以获得更多信息。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+10"/>
        <source>There is already a recorder active for this server.</source>
        <translation>在这个服务器上已经有一个录音机被激活。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+9"/>
        <source>Please select a recording format.</source>
        <translation>请选择录音格式。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+73"/>
        <source>Stopping</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location line="+26"/>
        <source>Select target directory</source>
        <translation>选择目标文件夹。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location filename="VoiceRecorderDialog.ui"/>
        <source>Downmix</source>
        <translation type="unfinished"/>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>WASAPISystem</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="WASAPI.cpp" line="+241"/>
        <source>Default Device</source>
        <translation>默认设备</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>qwPTTButtonWidget</name>
    <message>
        <location filename="PTTButtonWidget.ui"/>
        <source>Mumble PTT</source>
        <translation>Mubmlbe PFT</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <location/>
        <source>Push to talk</source>
        <translation>按键发言</translation>
    </message>
</context>
</TS>